8-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 8-K

Current Report

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities and Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report: March 17, 2010

Citizens South Banking Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

Delaware	0-23971	54-2069979
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)	(Commission File Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

519 South New Hope Road, Gastonia, North Carolina	28054-4040
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 704-868-5200

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2. below):

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CRF 240.13e-4(c))

ITEM 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

Purchase and Assumption Agreement

Effective March 19, 2010, Citizens South Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank (the “Bank”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of Bank of Hiawassee, a Georgia state-chartered bank headquartered in Hiawassee, Georgia, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), as receiver for Bank of Hiawassee (the “Acquisition”).

The Acquisition was made pursuant to the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement entered into by the Bank and the FDIC as of March 19, 2010 (the “Purchase and Assumption Agreement”). The Acquisition included all five banking offices of Bank of Hiawassee, which opened as branches of the Bank on Saturday, March 20, 2010.

Based upon a preliminary closing with the FDIC, the Bank acquired $300 million in assets, including $227 million in loans, and will assume $324 million in liabilities, including $295 million in deposits of Bank of Hiawassee. The foregoing amounts represent Bank of Hiawassee’s book value for these assets and liabilities and do not necessarily reflect fair value. These amounts are estimates and, accordingly, are subject to adjustment based upon final settlement with the FDIC. The Bank paid the FDIC a premium of approximately 1.0% for the right to assume the deposits of Bank of Hiawassee. In addition, the FDIC transferred to the Bank all qualified financial contracts to which Bank of Hiawassee was a party and such contracts remain in full force and effect.

In connection with the Acquisition, the Bank entered into a loss-sharing arrangement with the FDIC that covered approximately $232.6 million of Bank of Hiawassee’s assets. The Bank will share in the losses on the asset pools (including single family residential mortgage loans and commercial loans) covered under the loss-sharing arrangement. Pursuant to the terms of the loss sharing arrangement, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Bank for 80% of eligible losses of up to $102 million with respect to covered assets. The FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 95% of eligible losses in excess of $102 million with respect to covered assets. The Bank has a corresponding obligation to reimburse the FDIC for 80% or 95%, as applicable, of eligible recoveries with respect to covered assets.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. acted as financial advisor to the Bank in connection with the Acquisition.

Purchase Agreement

The Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, as amended, effective as of March 17, 2010 (the “Purchase Agreement”), with accredited investors (collectively, the “Investors”), pursuant to which the Company raised, in the aggregate, approximately $15 million through direct sales to such Investors of equity securities of the Company (the “Private Placement”). The Private Placement was completed on March 17, 2010.

Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Investors purchased, in the aggregate, 1,490,400 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $4.50 per share and 8,280 shares of a newly authorized series of the Company’s preferred stock, designated as

Mandatorily Convertible Cumulative, Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. After the receipt of certain approvals, as described in more detail below, each share of the Series B Preferred Stock will automatically convert into the Company’s common stock at an initial conversion price of $4.50 per share of common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.

The Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, effective on March 17, 2010, with each of the Investors. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register for resale both the Series B Preferred Stock and the Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, within 60 days after the closing of the Private Placement, and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective within 90 days of closing (or 135 days in the event of an SEC review). Failure to meet these deadlines and certain other events may result in the Company’s payment to the Investors of liquidated damages in the amount of 0.5% of the purchase price per month.

The foregoing summary of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and certain exhibits attached thereto and the full text of the form of Purchase Agreement and form of Registration Rights Agreement, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibits 2.1, 10.1 and 10.2, respectively, and incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

The information set forth under Item 1.01 “Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement—Purchase and Assumption Agreement” is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.01.

ITEM 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

On March 17, 2010, in the Private Placement, the Company issued and sold 1,490,400 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $4.50 per share and 8,280 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The Private Placement was made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock are set forth in the Certificate of Designations that has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as described below.

Each share of Series B Preferred Stock will convert into shares of common stock at the conversion price of $4.50 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments) on the third business day following the receipt by the Company of the approval by the holders of the Company’s common stock of the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock into common stock as required by the applicable Nasdaq Stock Market rules, which date is referred to as the mandatory conversion date.

Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are payable semi-annually on the dividend payment dates of June 30 and December 31, on a cumulative basis, when, as and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. Dividends will be payable in cash. Cash dividends are payable at an annual rate of 14%, multiplied by the sum of (A) the liquidation preference plus (B) all accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior dividend period. No dividends are payable for any dividend period if the mandatory conversion date occurs prior to the dividend payment date for such dividend period. If the mandatory conversion date occurs prior to the first dividend payment date, which is June 30, 2010, no dividend is not payable on the Series B Preferred Stock.

The Series B Preferred Stock ranks on a parity with the Company’s outstanding shares of preferred stock and senior to the outstanding common stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution.

The Series B Preferred Stock is not redeemable by the holders, but may be redeemed by the Company beginning June 30, 2015 at a redemption price per share equal to the greater of (i) 125% of the liquidation preference plus all accrued and unpaid dividends and (ii) 110% of the closing price of the common stock for trading day prior to the date of redemption multiplied by the number of shares of common stock into which one share of Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible on such date if such shares of Series B Preferred Stock were converted on that date following receipt of stockholder approval and, if applicable, regulatory approval as described above; provided that, in no event will the redemption price exceed 150% of the amount calculated in accordance with clause (i) above. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have no voting rights, including no right to elect directors, except as required by law and under the limited circumstances described in the Certificate of Designations.

The foregoing summary of the Series B Preferred Stock is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Preferred Stock, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibits 3.1/4.1 and incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 3.03 Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders

The information set forth under “Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities” is incorporated by reference into this Item 3.03.

ITEM 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year

On March 17, 2010, the Company filed with the Delaware Secretary of State a Certificate of Designations establishing the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock. This Certificate of Designations is filed as an exhibit to this Current Report and is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.03.

ITEM 8.01 Other Events

On March 19, 2010, the Company issued a press release announcing the Acquisition and the Private Placement. A copy of this press release is attached as Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report and incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a) Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired

To the extent that financial statements are required by this Item, such financial statements will be filed by amendment to this Current Report no later than June 4, 2010.

(b) Pro Forma Financial Information

To the extent that pro forma financial information is required by this Item, such information will be filed by amendment to this Current Report no later than June 4, 2010.

(d) Exhibits

Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibit
2.1	Purchase and Assumption Agreement - Whole Bank - All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Bank of Hiawassee, Hiawassee, Georgia, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Citizens South Bank, dated as of March 19, 2010.
3.1, 4.1	Certificate of Designations of Mandatory Convertible Cumulative, Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.
10.1	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Investors.
10.2	Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Investors
99.1	Press Release, dated March 19, 2010, announcing the Acquisition and the Private Placement.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

	CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION
DATE: March 22, 2010	By:	/S/    PAUL L. TEEM, JR.
		Paul L. Teem, Jr.
		Executive Vice President and Secretary
		(Duly Authorized Officer)

EX-2.1

Exhibit 2.1

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

AMONG

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

RECEIVER OF BANK OF HIAWASSEE,

HIAWASSEE, GEORGIA

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

and

CITIZENS SOUTH BANK

DATED AS OF

MARCH 19, 2010

Bank of Hiawassee

Hiawassee, Georgia

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I	DEFINITIONS	6
ARTICLE II	ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES	12
2.1	Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution	12
2.2	Interest on Deposit Liabilities	14
2.3	Unclaimed Deposits	14
2.4	Employee Plans	15
ARTICLE III	PURCHASE OF ASSETS	15
3.1	Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution	15
3.2	Asset Purchase Price	15
3.3	Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc	16
3.4	Puts of Assets to the Receiver	16
3.5	Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution	18
3.6	Assets Essential to Receiver	20
ARTICLE IV	ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS	21
4.1	Continuation of Banking Business	21
4.2	Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business	21
4.3	Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business	21
4.4	Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business	21
4.5	Agreement with Respect to Trust Business	22
4.6	Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises	22
4.7	Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment	26
4.8	Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements	27
4.9	Informational Tax Reporting	27
4.10	Insurance	27
4.11	Office Space for Receiver and Corporation	28
4.12	Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees	28
4.13	Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing	29
4.14	Reserved	29
4.15	Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing	29

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
ii

ARTICLE V	DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK	30
5.1	Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders	30
5.2	Certain Agreements Related to Deposits	30
5.3	Notice to Depositors	30
ARTICLE VI	RECORDS	31
6.1	Transfer of Records	31
6.2	Delivery of Assigned Records	31
6.3	Preservation of Records	32
6.4	Access to Records; Copies	32
ARTICLE VII	FIRST LOSS TRANCHE	32
ARTICLE VIII	ADJUSTMENTS	33
8.1	Pro Forma Statement	33
8.2	Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
8.3	Payments	33
8.4	Interest	34
8.5	Subsequent Adjustments	34
ARTICLE IX	CONTINUING COOPERATION	34
9.1	General Matters	34
9.2	Additional Title Documents	34
9.3	Claims and Suits	34
9.4	Payment of Deposits	35
9.5	Withheld Payments	35
9.6	Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities	35
9.7	Information	36
ARTICLE X	CONDITION PRECEDENT	36
ARTICLE XI	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION	36
ARTICLE XII	INDEMNIFICATION	38
12.1	Indemnification of Indemnitees	38
12.2	Conditions Precedent to Indemnification	41
12.3	No Additional Warranty	41
12.4	Indemnification of Corporation and Receiver	42
12.5	Obligations Supplemental	42

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
iii

12.6	Criminal Claims	42
12.7	Limited Guaranty of the Corporation	42
12.8	Subrogation	43
ARTICLE XIII	MISCELLANEOUS	43
13.1	Entire Agreement	43
13.2	Headings	43
13.3	Counterparts	43
13.4	Governing Law	43
13.5	Successors	43
13.6	Modification; Assignment	44
13.7	Notice	44
13.8	Manner of Payment	45
13.9	Costs, Fees and Expenses	45
13.10	Waiver	45
13.11	Severability	45
13.12	Term of Agreement	45
13.13	Survival of Covenants, Etc.	45
SCHEDULES
2.1	Certain Liabilities Assumed	47
2.1(a)	Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts	48
3.1	Certain Assets Purchased	49
3.2	Purchase Price of Assets or Assets	50
3.5(l)	Excluded Securities	52
4.15A	Single Family Loss Share Loans	57
4.15B	Non-Single Family Loss Share Loans	58
7	Calculation of Deposit Premium	59
EXHIBITS
2.3A	Final Notice Letter	60
2.3B	Affidavit of Mailing	62
4.13	Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement	65
4.15A	Single Family Loss Share Agreement	67
4.15B	Commercial Loss Share Agreement	103

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
iv

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 19^th day of March, 2010, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF BANK OF HIAWASSEE, HIAWASSEE (the “Receiver”), CITIZENS SOUTH BANK, organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in Gastonia, North Carolina (the “Assuming Institution”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed the Bank of Hiawassee (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and

WHEREAS, the Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
5

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

“Accounting Records” means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.

“Acquired Subsidiaries” means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.

“Affiliate” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.

“Agreement” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Assets” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.

“Assumed Deposits” means Deposits.

“Bank Closing” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.

“Bank Premises” means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.

“Bid Valuation Date” means January 15, 2010.

“Book Value” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
6

a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.

“Chartering Authority” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).

“Commitment” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.

“Credit Documents” mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Credit File” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
7

“Data Processing Lease” means any lease or licensing agreement, binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, the subject of which is data processing equipment or computer hardware or software used in connection with data processing activities. A lease or licensing agreement for computer software used in connection with data processing activities shall constitute a Data Processing Lease regardless of whether such lease or licensing agreement also covers data processing equipment.

“Deposit” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided, that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.

“Deposit Secured Loan” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions

“Equity Adjustment” means the dollar amount resulting by subtracting the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Liabilities Assumed under this Agreement by the Assuming Institution from the purchase price, as determined in accordance with this Agreement, as of Bank Closing, of all Assets acquired under this Agreement by the Assuming Institution, which may be a positive or a negative number.

“Failed Bank Advances” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.

“Fair Market Value” means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
8

(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;

as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.

“First Loss Tranche” means the dollar amount of liability that the Assuming Institution will incur prior to the commencement of loss sharing, which is the sum of (i) the Assuming Institution’s asset premium (discount) bid, as reflected on the Assuming Institution’s bid form, plus (ii) the Assuming Institution’s Deposit premium bid, as reflected on the Assuming Institution’s bid form, plus (iii) the Equity Adjustment. The First Loss Tranche may be a positive or negative number.

“Fixtures” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.

“Furniture and Equipment” means the furniture and equipment, other than motor vehicles, leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery (including personal computers), shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance, security systems and artwork. Motor vehicles shall be considered other assets and pass at Book Value. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.

“Indemnitees” means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1, (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
9

“Legal Balance” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.

“Liabilities Assumed” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.

“Loans” means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:

(i) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;

(ii) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and

(iii) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.

“Obligor” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.

“Other Real Estate” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
10

“Primary Indemnitor” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.

“Proforma” means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The Proforma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

“Put Date” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

“Put Notice” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

“Qualified Financial Contract” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).

“Record” means any document, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.

“Related Liability” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.

“Related Liability Amount” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.

“Repurchase Price” means, with respect to any Loan the Book Value, adjusted to reflect changes to Book Value after Bank Closing, plus (i) any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, minus (ii) the total of amounts received by the Assuming Institution for such Loan, regardless of how applied, after Bank Closing, plus (iii) advances made by Assuming Institution, plus (iv) total disbursements of principal made by Receiver that are not included in the Book Value.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
11

“Safe Deposit Boxes” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.

“Settlement Date” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.

“Settlement Interest Rate” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal; provided, that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal.

“Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.

ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):

(a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;

(b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
12

(c) borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;

(d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;

(e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;

(g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit (other than “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a)); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(h) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business or trust business, if any;

(i) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;

(j) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;

(k) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;

(l) duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
13

(m) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a loss share agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.

Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.

2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities. The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.

2.3 Unclaimed Deposits. Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.

If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18)

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
14

month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.

2.4 Employee Plans. Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE OF ASSETS

3.1 Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution. With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Schedule 3.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Institution specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.

3.2 Asset Purchase Price.

(a) All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.

(b) The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and FRB and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided, that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
15

agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.

(c) Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.

3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.

3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver.

(a) Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing. During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and,

at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:

(A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
16

(B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;

(C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;

(D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or

(E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).

The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

(b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date. During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Bank can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided, that, the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Bank has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

(c) Notices to the Receiver. In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:

(i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;

(ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and

(iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
17

Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.

(d) Purchase by Receiver. The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).

(e) Purchase Price and Payment Date. Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.

(f) Servicing. The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.

(g) Reversals. In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.

3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:

(a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;

(b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
18

any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided, that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;

(c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;

(d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;

(e) amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;

(f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided, that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;

(g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;

(h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.3, and other intangibles;

(i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;

(j) reserved;

(k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;

(l) the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l);

(m) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8; and

(n) assets listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(n).

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
19

3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver.

(a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:

(i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;

(ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;

(iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;

(iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or

(v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.

(b) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
20

ARTICLE IV

ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

The Assuming Institution agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:

4.1 Continuation of Banking Business. For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Institution from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, if the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.

4.2 Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business. The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit with respect thereto.

4.3 Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.

4.4 Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business. The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Institution

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
21

shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.

4.5 Agreement with Respect to Trust Business.

(a) The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.

(c) In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.

(d) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.

4.6 Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises.

(a) Option to Purchase. Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
22

to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.

(b) Option to Lease. The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided, that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Institution containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.

(c) Facilitation. The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

(d) Occupancy. The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.

(e) Occupancy Costs.

(i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
23

payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

(ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

(f) Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures. If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided, that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).

(g) Vacating Premises.

(i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution promptly shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
24

leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

(ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

(h) Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment. The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and/or all telecommunications, data processing equipment (including hardware and software) and check processing and similar operating equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided, that, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.

(i) Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.

(i) For a period of ninety (90) days following Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.

(ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and which is located on such Bank Premises. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
25

Equipment.

(iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its option under this subparagraph, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).

(iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its option under this subparagraph, the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.

4.7 Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment

(a) The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of any or all Data Processing Leases to the extent that such Data Processing Leases can be assigned.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of any or all Data Processing Leases and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Leases, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Leases.

(c) The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.

(d) The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any property subject to a Data Processing Lease, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of the applicable Data Processing Leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.

(e) The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all property subject to the relevant Data Processing Lease, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease thereof or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
26

4.8 Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided, that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).

4.9 Informational Tax Reporting. The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.

4.10 Insurance. The Assuming Institution agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
27

occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Institution as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.

4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation. For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Institution agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution. Additionally, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Institution shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.

4.12 Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank.

(a) The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
28

(b) The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.

(c) No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution pays all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank Employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e. salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution offers its current employees.

(d) This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.

4.13 Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing. At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.

4.14 Reserved.

4.15 Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Non-SF Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
29

Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedule of Loans 4.15A and 4.15B attached hereto.

ARTICLE V

DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders. Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.

5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits. Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.

5.3 Notice to Depositors.

(a) Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give (i) notice to depositors of the Failed Bank of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) any notice required under Section 2.2, by mailing to each such depositor a notice with respect to such assumption and by advertising in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located. The Assuming Institution agrees that it will obtain prior approval of all such notices and advertisements from counsel for the Receiver and that such notices and advertisements shall not be mailed or published until such approval is received.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to depositors of the Failed Bank concerning the procedures to claim their deposits, which notice shall be provided to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver or the Corporation. Such notice shall be included with the notice to depositors to be mailed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 5.3(a).

(c) If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those charged by the Failed Bank before it establishes new deposit account relationships with the depositors of the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail of such changed fees to such depositors.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
30

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS

6.1 Transfer of Records.

(a) In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, the following:

(i) all Records pertaining to the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:

(A) signature cards, orders, contracts between the Failed Bank and its depositors and Records of similar character;

(B) passbooks of depositors held by the Failed Bank, deposit slips, cancelled checks and withdrawal orders representing charges to accounts of depositors; and

(ii) all Records pertaining to the Assets, including, but not limited to, the following:

(A) records of deposit balances carried with other banks, bankers or trust companies;

(B) Loan and collateral records and Credit Files and other documents;

(C) deeds, mortgages, abstracts, surveys, and other instruments or records of title pertaining to real estate or real estate mortgages;

(D) signature cards, agreements and records pertaining to Safe Deposit Boxes, if any; and

(E) records pertaining to the credit card business, trust business or safekeeping business of the Failed Bank, if any.

(b) The Receiver, at its option, may assign and transfer to the Assuming Institution by a single blanket assignment or otherwise, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, any other Records not assigned and transferred to the Assuming Institution as provided in this Agreement, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, including but not limited to loan disbursement checks, general ledger tickets, official bank checks, proof transactions (including proof tapes) and paid out loan files.

6.2 Delivery of Assigned Records. The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Institution all Records described in (i) Section 6.1(a) as soon as practicable on or after the date of

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
31

this Agreement, and (ii) Section 6.1(b) as soon as practicable after making any assignment described therein.

6.3 Preservation of Records. The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing, by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody.

6.4 Access to Records; Copies. The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided, that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.

ARTICLE VII

FIRST LOSS TRANCHE

The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver an asset premium (discount) bid of $(33,088,665.00) and a positive Deposit premium bid of 1.00%. The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The First Loss Tranche shall be determined by adding (i) the asset premium (discount) bid, (ii) the Deposit premium bid, and (iii) the Equity Adjustment. If the First Loss Tranche is a positive number, then this is the Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and Net Charge-offs on Shared Loss Assets that the Assuming Institution will incur before loss-sharing commences under Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B. If the First Loss Tranche is a negative number, the Corporation shall pay such amount by wire transfer to the Assuming Institution by the end of the first business day following Bank Closing, together with interest determined in accordance with Section 8.4, and loss sharing shall commence immediately.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
32

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

8.1 Pro Forma Statement. The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.

8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities.

(a) In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(b) If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.

8.3 Payments. The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
33

Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.

8.4 Interest. Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.

8.5 Subsequent Adjustments. In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.

ARTICLE IX

CONTINUING COOPERATION

9.1 General Matters. The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.

9.2 Additional Title Documents. The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.

9.3 Claims and Suits.

(a) The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
34

(b) In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.

9.4 Payment of Deposits. In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.

9.5 Withheld Payments. At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.

9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities.

(a) In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
35

acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.

(b) In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Institution, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.

(c) Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.

9.7 Information. The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.

ARTICLE X

CONDITION PRECEDENT

The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.

ARTICLE XI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION

The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
36

(a) Corporate Existence and Authority. The Assuming Institution (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Third Party Consents. No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

(c) Execution and Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Compliance with Law.

(i) Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.

(ii) Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.

(e) Representations Remain True. The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby)

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
37

are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees. From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:

(a)

(1) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

(2) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;

(3) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

(4) claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(5) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;

(6) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
38

the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;

(7) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

(8) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;

(b) provided, that, with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:

(1) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;

(2) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(3) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(4) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
39

(5) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

(6) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(7) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;

(8) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;

(9) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;

(10) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(11) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided, that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;

(12) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;

(13) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and

(14) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
40

12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:

(a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided, that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;

(b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;

(c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;

(d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided, that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;

(e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided, that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;

(f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and

(g) take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.

12.3 No Additional Warranty. Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
41

Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.

12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation. From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:

(a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and

(b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).

12.5 Obligations Supplemental. The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.

12.6 Criminal Claims. Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.

12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation. The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
42

Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.

12.8 Subrogation. Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.

13.2 Headings. The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

13.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

13.4 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.

13.5 Successors. All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder,

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
43

and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.

13.6 Modification; Assignment. No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

13.7 Notice. Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing, and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.

Assuming Institution

Citizens South Bank

519 South New Hope Road

Gastonia, North Carolina 28054

Attention: Kim S. Price

With a copy to: Gary F. Hoskins

Receiver and Corporation

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

Receiver of Bank of Hiawassee

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Settlement Manager

and with respect to notice under Article XII:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Receiver of Bank of Hiawassee

7777 Baymeadows Way West

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attention: Managing Counsel

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
44

13.8 Manner of Payment. All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided, that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.

13.9 Costs, Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided, that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.

13.10 Waiver. Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided, that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided, that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

13.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

13.12 Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided, that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement; in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.

13.13 Survival of Covenants, Etc. The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

[Signature Page Follows]

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
45

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

	FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF BANK OF HIAWASSEE HIAWASSEE, GEORGIA
	BY:	/s/    Dennis Trimper
	NAME:	DENNIS TRIMPER
	TITLE:	RECEIVER –IN-CHARGE
Attest:
/s/    Mark Randall
	FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
	BY:	/s/    Dennis Trimper
	NAME:	DENNIS TRIMPER
	TITLE:	ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Attest:
/s/    Mark Randall
	CITIZENS SOUTH BANK
	BY:	/s/    Kim S. Price
	NAME:	Kim S. Price
	TITLE:	President & Chief Executive Officer
Attest:
/s/    Gary F. Hoskins

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
46

SCHEDULE 2.1 – Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Institution

TO BE PROVIDED.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
47

Schedule 2.1.a

Exhibit to P&A Agreement

Accounts Excluded from P&A Transaction

Bank of Hiawassee

Hiawassee, Georgia

Bank of Hiawassee has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. The list below identifies the DO accounts as of January 15, 2010. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.

SCHEDULE 3.1 – Certain Assets Purchased

SEE ATTACHED LIST

THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE. IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING. THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E.G., CHARGED OFF LOANS). THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING.

TO BE PROVIDED.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
49

SCHEDULE 3.2 – Purchase Price of Assets or assets

(a)	cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:	Book Value
(b)	securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:	As provided in Section 3.2(b)
(c)	federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:	Book Value
(d)	Loans:	Book Value
(e)	credit card business, if any, including all outstanding extensions of credit and offensive litigation, but excluding any class action lawsuits related to the credit card business:	Book Value
(f)	Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:	Book Value
(g)	Records and other documents:	Book Value
(h)	Other Real Estate	N/A
(i)	boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, repossessed collateral	Book Value
(j)	capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock:	Book Value
(k)	amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:	Book Value
(l)	assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:	Book Value

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
50

(m)	Overdrafts of customers:	Book Value
(n)	rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.	As provided in Section 3.2(c)
(o)	rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.	Book Value

assets subject to an option to purchase:

(a)	Bank Premises:	Fair Market Value
(b)	Furniture and Equipment:	Fair Market Value
(c)	Fixtures:	Fair Market Value
(d)	Other Equipment:	Fair Market Value

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
51

SCHEDULE 3.5(n) – Excluded Assets

112 loans totaling $47,448,890

(as of 01/15/2010)

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
53

SCHEDULE 4.15A

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE

SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

TO BE PROVIDED.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
57

SCHEDULE 4.15B

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE

NON-SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

TO BE PROVIDED.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
58

Schedule 7

Exhibit to P&A Agreement

Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid

Premium

Bank of Hiawassee

Hiawassee, Georgia

The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:

Category	Description	Amount
I	Non- DO Brokered Deposits	$	2,296,587.56
II	CDARS	$	0.00
III	Market Place Deposits	$	23,062,000.00
	Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium	$	25,358,587,56

Category Description

I Brokered Deposits

Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.

Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.

DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.

II CDARS

CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.

Bank of Hiawassee did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.

III Market Place Deposits

“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.

Bank of Hiawassee does have Qwickrate deposits as identified above. The Qwickrate deposits are reported as time deposits in the Call Report. Bank of Hiawassee uses “Branch 4” on their system to identify both brokered and Qwickrate deposits. Please see the attached Schedule 7 – Qwickrate Deposit Detail Report for a listing of these accounts as of January 15, 2010. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.

EXHIBIT 2.3A

FINAL NOTICE LETTER

FINAL LEGAL NOTICE

Claiming Requirements for Deposits

Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)

                    [Date]

[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Anytown, USA]

Subject:	[XXXXX – Name of Bank
	City, State] – In Receivership

Dear [Sir/Madam]:

As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date], the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].

According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date], [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution], your account(s) currently fall into this category.

This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date], to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution]. It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:

1. Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:

            [123 Main Street

              Anytown, USA]

2. Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).

3. Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
60

4. Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.

If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.

If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.

If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].

Sincerely,

[Name of Claims Specialist]

[Title]

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
61

EXHIBIT 2.3B

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

State of

COUNTY OF

I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution].

This will attest that on [Date of mailing], I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank], City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.

[Name]

[Title of Office]

[Name of Acquiring Institution]

Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of [Month, Year].

My commission expires:

[Name], Notary Public

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
62

EXHIBIT 3.2(c) – VALUATION OF CERTAIN

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

A. Scope

Interest Rate Contracts – All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.

Option Contracts – All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.

Foreign Exchange Contracts – All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.

B. Exclusions

All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.

C. Adjustment

The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.

D. Methodology

1. The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

2. In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:

(i) All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.

(ii) All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.

(iii) Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
63

(iv) For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal, Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.

(v) For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.]

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
64

EXHIBIT 4.13

INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

(a) With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement, including any Assets sold by the Receiver but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support. (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;

(ii) Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;

(iii) Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;

(iv) Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;

(v) Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;

(vi) Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);

(vii) Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;

(viii) Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Institution or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
65

(ix) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and

(x) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.

(b) The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).

(c) The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for a period of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing.

(d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.

(e) At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and

(ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).

(f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
66

EXHIBIT 4.15A

SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

ARTICLE I – DEFINITIONS

The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Accounting Records” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.

“Accrued Interest” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided, that, for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

“Commencement Date” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.

“Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement” means the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
67

4.15B.

“Cumulative Loss Amount” means the sum of the Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.

“Cumulative Servicing Amount” means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.

“Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount” means the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Loss Amount over the First Loss Tranche.

“Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments” means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.

“Customary Servicing Procedures” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.

“Deficient Valuation” means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.

“Examination Criteria” means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

“Home Equity Loans” means loans or funded portions of lines of credit secured by mortgages on one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.

“Final Shared-Loss Month” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

“Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

“Foreclosure Loss” means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2a or

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
68

Exhibit 2a(1).

“Investor-Owned Residential Loans” means Loans, excluding advances made pursuant to Home Equity Loans, that are secured by mortgages on one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that are not owner-occupied. These loans can be treated as Restructured Loans on a commercially reasonable basis and can be a restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibit 2b for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans.

“Loss” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Valuation.

“Loss Amount” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.

“Modification Default Loss” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1) and 2c(1) for single family loans modified under this part of the agreement that default and result in a foreclosure or short sale.

“Modification Guidelines” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Monthly Certificate” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Monthly Loss Amount” means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and losses in connection with Deficient Valuations realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared Loss Month.

“Monthly Shared-Loss Amount” means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.

“Neutral Member” has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Period Servicing Amount” means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).

“Portfolio Loss” means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.

“Recovery Amount” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
69

Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Institution that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss which has previously been paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver or (ii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iii) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.

“Restructuring Loss” means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibit 2b, as applicable.

“Restructured Loan” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.

“Servicing Officer” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Shared Loss Payment Trigger” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Shared-Loss Amount under the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.

“Shared-Loss Month” means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.

“Short-Sale Loss” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided, that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2c or Exhibit 2c(1).

“Single Family Shared-Loss Loans” means the single family one-to-four residential mortgage loans (whether owned by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary) identified on Schedule 4.15A of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

“Stated Threshold” means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of One Hundred Two Million Dollars ($102,000,000.00).

“Termination Date” means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
70

“Then-Current Interest Rate” means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans.

“Third Party Servicer” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

ARTICLE II – SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

2.1 Shared-Loss Arrangement.

(a) Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives. For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Institution in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Institution can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under such Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Institution believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Institution’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans with respect to the calculation of the Stated Threshold. Assuming Institution shall retain its calculations of the estimated loss under each alternative, such calculations to be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Assuming Institution is not required to modify or restructure any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (ii) the Assuming Institution is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (iii) the Assuming Institution shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Institution may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.

(b) Monthly Certificates.

Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
71

whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver, (a “Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):

(i) (A) a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:

(i) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

(ii) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

(iv) the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;

(v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;

(vi) the result obtained in (v) times 80%, or times 95% if the Stated Threshold has been reached, which in either case is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;

(ii) (B) for each of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2a, Exhibit 2b, or Exhibit 2c, as applicable.

(iii) (C) For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2d.

(iv) (D) a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.

(c) Monthly Data Download. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
72

with the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month, Assuming Institution shall provide Receiver:

(v) (i) the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the following fields for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable:

(A) Loan number

(B) FICO score

(C) Origination date

(D) Original principal amount

(E) Maturity date

(F) Paid-to date

(G) Last payment date

(H) Loan status (bankruptcy, in foreclosure, etc.)

(I) Delinquency counters

(J) Current principal balance

(K) Current escrow account balance

(L) Current Appraisal/BPO value

(M) Current Appraisal/BPO date

(N) Interest rate

(O) Monthly principal and interest payment amount

(P) Monthly escrow payment for taxes and insurance

(Q) Interest rate type (fixed or adjustable)

(R) If adjustable: index, margin, next interest rate reset date

(S) Payment/Interest rate cap and/or floor

(T) Underwriting type (Full doc, Alt Doc, No Doc)

(U) Lien type (1^st , 2^nd)

(V) Amortization type (amortizing or I/O)

(W) Property address, including city, state, zip code

(X) A code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner occupied

(Y) Property type (single-family detached, condominium, duplex, etc.)

(vi) (ii) An Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:

(A) Foreclosure date

(B) Unpaid loan principal balance

(C) Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable

(D) Projected liquidation date

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided, that the Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
73

(d) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

(i) Losses Under the Stated Threshold. After the Shared Loss Payment Trigger is reached, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds eighty percent (80%) of that amount.

(ii) Losses in Excess of the Stated Threshold. In the event that the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Stated Loss Amount under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement meets or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the loss/recovery sharing percentages set forth herein shall change from 80/20 to 95/5 and thereafter the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds ninety-five percent (95%) of that amount.

(e) Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment. The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Losses (or portion of Losses) that were effected which would have been payable as a Loss if the Assuming Institution had properly effected such Loss. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Institution shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.

(f) Payments by Wire-Transfer. All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.

(g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level. On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
74

percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.

2.2 Auditor Report; Right to Audit.

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Institution under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Single-Family Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

(b) The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”) may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Institution shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Institution’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

2.3 Withholdings. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
75

Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.

2.4 Books and Records. The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment

2.5 Information. The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.

2.6 Tax Ruling. The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

2.7 Sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan or upon the sale of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Institution to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate; provided, however, that if the Receiver consents to the sale of any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, any loss on such sale shall be a Portfolio Loss. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Institution or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Institution, (ii) a merger by Assuming Institution with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Institution of all or substantially all of its assets.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
76

ARTICLE III – RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS LOANS

3.1 Agreement with Respect to Administration. The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.

3.2 Duties of the Assuming Institution. (a) In performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) manage and administer each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Institution’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Institution’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and

(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Institution may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Institution and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.

3.3 Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports. The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
77

Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

3.4 Related Loans.

(a) Assuming Institution shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans”, as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is made to an Obligor of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.

3.5 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

3.6 Third Party Servicer. The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.

ARTICLE IV – PORTFOLIO SALE

4.1 Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Institution shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
78

of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Single Family Shared-Loss Loans not restructured. The Receiver’s review of the Assuming Institution’s proposed Portfolio Sale will be considered in a timely fashion and approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

4.2 Assuming Institution’s Liquidation of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. In the event that the Assuming Institution does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Institution, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Institution will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

4.3 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss. For Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Institution from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibit 2d for example calculation).

ARTICLE V – LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER

All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:

If to Receiver, to:	Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver
	for Bank of Hiawassee
	Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
	550 17th Street, N.W.
	Washington, D.C. 20429
	Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
79

with a copy to:	Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
	as Receiver for Bank of Hiawassee
	Room E7056
	3501 Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 2226
	Attn: Special Issues Unit

With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

7777 Baymeadows Way West

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attention: Managing Counsel

If to Assuming Institution, to:

Citizens South Bank

519 South New Hope Road

Gastonia, North Carolina 28054

Attention: Kim S. Price

with a copy to: Gary F. Hoskins

Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.

ARTICLE VI – MISCELLANEOUS

6.1. Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance. All terms and provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided, however, that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single FamilyShared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver; and for a

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
80

period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Institution, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Institution or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.

6.3 Governing Law. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

6.4 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

6.5 Captions. All captions and headings contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

6.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.

6.7 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
81

6.8 No Third Party Beneficiary. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

6.9 Counterparts. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be executed separately by Receiver and Assuming Institution in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

6.10 Consent. Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6.11 Rights Cumulative. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

ARTICLE VII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

7.1 Dispute Resolution Procedures.

(a) In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment arising out such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.

(b) If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to notify the other of its intent to submit any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
82

the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall be deemed an acceptance of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute not submitted to arbitration, as well as a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future.

(c) If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:

(i) A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

(ii) A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

(iii) The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and

(iv) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.

(d) The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:

(i) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;

(ii) A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and

(iii) The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable

(e) The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
83

Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.

(f) The Receiver and Assuming Institution shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.

(g) The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Institution with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.

(h) Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.

(i) For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.

7.2 Fees and Expenses of Arbiters. The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).

Exhibit 1

Monthly Certificate

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
84

PART 1 - CURRENT MONTH NET LOSS

Specify loss type as Foreclosure, or Short-Sale.

MONTH ENDED: [input report month]

Losses

Loan No. Loss Type Loss Amount

TOTAL XX A Loss Amount is the amount of Loss incurred and reported on the loan in a Loss Month is the reporting month in which the Loss was reported.

Recoveries

Loan No. Recovery Amount Loss Amount Loss Month

TOTAL XX B

Net Losses XX C = A - B

(Recoveries)

If Col. D minus Col. E is less than zero, enter zero.

PART 2 - FIRST LOSS TEST

Col. D Col. E Col. D - Col. E

Cumulative Loss Amount First Loss Tranche Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount

Balance, beginning of month XX XX XX F

Current month Net Losses (from Part 1) XX

Balance, end of month XX XX XX G

Shared Loss Amount XX G - F

Times Loss Share percentage 80%

Amount due from (to) FDIC as Receiver XX

Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A Bank of Hiawassee

Version 2.01 Hiawassee, Georgia

March 19, 2010 85

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
85

Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies the information on this Certificate is true, complete and correct.
OFFICER SIGNATURE
OFFICER NAME:	TITLE

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
86

Exhibit 2a

This exhibit contains three versions of the loss share calculation for foreclosure, plus explanatory notes.

Exhibit 2a(1)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement

1	Shared-Loss Month	May-09
2	Loan no:	364574
3	REO #	621
4	Foreclosure date	12/18/08
5	Liquidation date	4/12/09
6	Note Interest rate	8.100	%
7	Most recent BPO	228,000
8	Most recent BPO date	1/21/09
	Foreclosure Loss calculation
9	Book value at date of Loss Share agreement	244,900
10	Accrued interest, limited to 90 days or days from failure to sale, whichever is less	3,306
11	Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:
12	Attorney’s fees	0
13	Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.	0
14	Property protection costs, maint. and repairs	6,500
15	Tax and insurance advances	0
	Other Advances
16	Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees	0
17	Inspections	0
18	Other	0
19	Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser	254,706
	Cash Recoveries:
20	Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)	219,400
21	Hazard Insurance proceeds	0
22	Mortgage Insurance proceeds	0
23	T & I escrow account balances, if positive	0
24	Other credits, if any (itemize)	0
25	Total Cash Recovery	219,400
26	Loss Amount	35,306

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
87

Exhibit 2a(2)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

1	Shared-Loss Month	May-09
2	Loan no:	292334
3	REO #	477
4	Interest paid-to-date	4/30/08
5	Foreclosure date	1/15/09
6	Liquidation date	4/12/09
7	Note Interest rate	8.000	%
8	Owner occupied?	Yes
9	If owner-occupied:
10	Borrower current gross annual income	42,000
11	Estimated NPV of loan mod	195,000
12	Most recent BPO	235,000
13	Most recent BPO date	1/21/09
	Foreclosure Loss calculation
16	Loan Principal balance after last paid installment	300,000
17	Accrued interest, limited to 90 days	6,000
18	Attorney’s fees	0
19	Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.	4,000
20	Property protection costs, maint. and repairs	5,500
21	Tax and insurance advances	1,500
	Other Advances
22	Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees	0
23	Inspections	50
24	Other	0
25	Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser	317,050
	Cash Recoveries:
26	Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)	205,000
27	Hazard Insurance proceeds	0
28	Mortgage Insurance proceeds	0
29	T & I escrow account balances, if positive	0
30	Other credits, if any (itemize)	0
31	Total Cash Recovery	205,000
32	Loss Amount	112,050

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
88

Exhibit 2a(3)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod

1	Shared-Loss Month	May-09
2	Loan no:	138554
3	REO #	843
4	Loan mod date	1/17/08
5	Interest paid-to-date	4/30/08
6	Foreclosure date	1/15/09
7	Liquidation date	4/12/09
8	Note Interest rate	4.000	%
9	Most recent BPO	210,000
10	Most recent BPO date	1/20/09
	Foreclosure Loss calculation
11	NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod	285,000
12	Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency	2,500
13	Plus:
14	Attorney’s fees	0
15	Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.	4,000
16	Property protection costs, maint. and repairs	7,000
17	Tax and insurance advances	2,000
18	Other Advances
19	Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees	0
20	Inspections	0
21	Other	0
22	Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser	295,500
	Cash Recoveries:
23	Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)	201,000
24	Hazard Insurance proceeds	0
25	Mortgage Insurance proceeds	0
26	T & I escrow account balances, if positive	0
27	Other credits, if any (itemize)	0
28	Total Cash Recovery	201,000
29	Loss Amount	94,500

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
89

Notes to Exhibit 2a (foreclosure)

1. The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

2. The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

a. If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2a(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.

b. If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2a(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

c. If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

3. For Exhibit 2a(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 9 – 18; it is shown in line 19. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 16 – 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 – 21; it is shown in line 22.

4. For Exhibit 2a(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 20 – 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2a(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23 – 27; it is shown in line 28.

5. Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

6. Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.

7. Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

8. If Exhibit 2a(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

a. 90 days

b. The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
90

c. The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
91

Exhibit 2b

This exhibit contains the loss share calculation for restructuring (loan mod), plus explanatory notes.

Exhibit 2b

CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS

1	Shared-Loss Month	May-09
2	Loan no:	123456
	Loan before Restructuring
3	Original loan amount	500,000
4	Current unpaid principal balance	450,000
5	Remaining term	298
6	Interest rate	7.500	%
7	Interest Paid-To-Date	2/29/08
8	Monthly payment - P&I	3,333
9	Monthly payment - T&I	1,000
10	Total monthly payment	4,333
11	Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)	Option ARM
12	Borrower current annual income	82,000
	Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
13	Closing date on modified/restructured loan	4/19/09
14	New Principal balance	461,438
15	Remaining term	313
16	Interest rate	3.500	%
17	Monthly payment - P&I	1,346
18	Monthly payment - T&I	800
19	Total monthly payment	2,146
20	Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)	IO Hybrid
21	Lien type (1st, 2nd)	1st
	If adjustable:
22	Initial interest rate	3.500	%
23	Term - initial interest rate	60 Months
24	Initial payment amount	2,146
25	Term-initial payment amount	60 Months
26	Negative amortization?	No
27	Rate reset frequency after first adjustment	6 Months
28	Next reset date	5/1/14
29	Index	LIBOR
30	Margin	2.750	%
31	Cap per adjustment	2.000	%
32	Lifetime Cap	9.500	%
33	Floor	2.750	%
34	Front end DTI	31	%
35	Back end DTI	45	%
	Restructuring Loss Calculation
36	Loan Principal balance before restructuring	450,000
37	Accrued interest, limited to 90 days	8,438
38	Tax and insurance advances	3,000
39	3rd party fees due	—
40	Total loan balance due before restructuring	461,438
	Assumptions for NPV Calculation, Restructured Loan:
41	Discount rate for projected cash flows	5.530	%
42	Loan prepayment in full	120 Months
43	NPV of projected cash flows	403,000
44	Loss Amount	58,438

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
92

Notes to Exhibit 2b (restructuring)

1. The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

2. For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:

a. The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3^rd party fees prior to restructuring (lines 36-39), and

b. The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 43). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).

3. For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

4. For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

5. If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Institution must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.

6. Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

7. The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:

a. 90 days

b. The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring

c. The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
93

Exhibit 2c

This exhibit contains two versions of the loss share calculation for short sales, plus explanatory notes.

Exhibit 2c(1)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

1	Shared-Loss Month:	May-09
2	Loan #	58776
3	RO #	542
4	Interest paid-to-date	7/31/08
5	Short Payoff Date	4/17/09
6	Note Interest rate	7.750	%
7	Owner occupied?	Yes
	If so:
8	Borrower current gross annual income	38,500
9	Estimated NPV of loan mod	200,000
10	Most recent BPO	380,000
11	Most recent BPO date	1/31/06
	Short-Sale Loss calculation
12	Loan Principal balance	375,000
13	Accrued interest, limited to 90 days	7,266
14	Attorney’s fees	0
15	Tax and insurance advances	0
16	3rd party fees due	2,800
17	Incentive to borrower	2,000
18	Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser	387,066
19	Amount accepted in Short-Sale	255,000
20	Hazard Insurance	0
21	Mortgage Insurance	0
22	Total Cash Recovery	255,000
23	Loss Amount	132,066

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
94

Exhibit 2c(2)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod

1	Shared-Loss Month:	May-09
2	Loan #	20076
3	REO #	345
4	Loan mod date	5/12/08
5	Interest paid-to-date	9/30/08
6	Short Payoff Date	4/2/09
7	Note Interest rate	7.500	%
8	Most recent BPO	230,000
9	Most recent BPO date	1/21/09
	Short-Sale Loss calculation
11	NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod	311,000
12	Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency	1,000
	Plus:
13	Attorney’s fees	0
14	Tax and insurance advances	1,500
15	3rd party fees due	2,600
16	Incentive to borrower	3,500
17	Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser	317,600
18	Amount accepted in Short-Sale	234,000
19	Hazard Insurance	0
20	Mortgage Insurance	0
21	Total Cash Recovery	234,000
22	Loss Amount	83,600

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
95

Notes to Exhibit 2c (short sale)

1. The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.

2. The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

a. If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

b. Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

3. For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 – 17; it is shown in line 18. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 – 16; it is shown in line 17.

4. For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 19 – 21; it is shown in line 22. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 18 – 20; it is shown in line 21.

5. Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

6. Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

7. If Exhibit 2c(2) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

d. 90 days

e. The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

f. The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
96

Exhibit 2d

Shared-Loss Month:		[input month]
Loan no.:		[input loan no.)
NOTE
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
Restructuring Loss Information
Loan principal balance before restructuring	$	200,000		A
NPV, restructured loan		165,000		B
Loss on restructured loan	$	35,000		A – B
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)		80	%
Loss share payment to purchaser	$	28,000		C
Calculation – Recovery amount due to Receiver
Loan sales price	$	190,000
NPV of restructured loan at mod date		165,000
Gain - step 1		25,000		D
PLUS
Loan UPB after restructuring (1)		200,000
Loan UPB at liquidation date		192,000
Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)		8,000		E
Recovery amount		33,000		D + E
Times FDIC loss share %		80	%
Recovery due to FDIC	$	26,400		F
Net loss share paid to purchaser (C – F)	$	1,600
Proof Calculation (2)
Loan principal balance	$	200,000		G
Principal collections on loan		8,000
Sales price for loan		190,000
Total collections on loan		198,000		H
Net loss on loan	$	2,000		G – H
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)		80	%
Loss share payment to purchaser	$	1,600

(1) This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.

(2) This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Institution is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
97

Exhibit 3

Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule

SHARED-LOSS LOANS

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE

MONTH ENDED:

	[input report month]
POOL SUMMARY
	#	$
Loans at Sale Date	xx		xx
Loans as of this month-end	xx		xx
STATED THRESHOLD TRACKING	#	$
Stated Threshold amount				A
Cumulative loss payments, prior month
Loss payment for current month
Cumulative loss payment, this month
Cumulative Commercial & Other Loans Net Charge-Offs
				B
Remaining to Stated Threshold				A - B
				Percent of Total
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS	#	$		#
Current
30 – 59 days past due
60 – 89 days past due
90 – 119 days past due
120 and over days past due
In foreclosure
ORE
Total
Memo Item:
Loans in process of restructuring – total
Loans in bankruptcy
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
Current
30 – 59 days past due
60 – 89 days past due
90 – 119 days past due
120 and over days past due In foreclosure
Total

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
98

List of Loans Paid Off During Month
	Principal
Loan #	Balance
List of Loans Sold During Month
	Principal
Loan #	Balance

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
99

Exhibit 4

Wire Transfer Instructions

PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

ACCOUNT NUMBER

NAME OF ACCOUNT

ATTENTION TO WHOM

PURPOSE OF WIRE

FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

SHORT NAME

ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

ACCOUNT NUMBER

NAME OF ACCOUNT

ATTENTION TO WHOM

PURPOSE OF WIRE

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
100

EXHIBIT 5

FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM

Objective

The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.

Qualifying Mortgage Loans

In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:

• The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and

• The mortgagor has a first priority lien on the collateral; and

• Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.

Modification Process

The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.

The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purposes, (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be the amount of the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) documented and verified gross monthly income, and (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.

In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
101

In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:

1. Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.

2. If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.

3. If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.

4. If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions – the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non- amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.

Special Note:

The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Institution’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.

By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
102

EXHIBIT 4.15B

COMMERCIAL AND OTHER ASSETS SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“AAA” means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Accrued Interest” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable); provided, that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable).

“Additional ORE” means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided, that, for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

“Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date” means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
103

“Calendar Quarter” means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.

“Capitalized Expenditures” means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.

“Charge-Offs” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including (a) charge-offs of (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE or loan modification(s)) (ii) Accrued Interest, and (iii) Capitalized Expenditures plus (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Institution during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; provided, that: (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days’ Accrued Interest; (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Institution until such expenditure is actually incurred; (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Institution shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and (iv) except for Portfolio Sales or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person (other than the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which is conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner) shall not constitute Charge-Offs.

“Commencement Date” means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.

“Consumer Loans” means Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (including United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan).

“Cumulative Servicing Amount” means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
104

Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.

“Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments” means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.

“Environmental Assessment” means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.

“Examination Criteria” means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

“Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

“Fair Value” means the value of a Shared Loss MTM Asset as stated on the books and records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, inclusive of all adjustments.

“FDIC Party” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Net Charge-Offs” means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.

“Neutral Member” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“New Shared-Loss Loans” means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after Bid Valuation Date and before Bank Closing.

“Notice of Dispute” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“ORE Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Assuming Institution that engages solely in holding, servicing, managing or liquidating interests of a type described in clause (A) of the definition of “Other Real Estate,” which interests have arisen from the collection or settlement of a Shared-Loss Loan.

“Other Real Estate” means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
105

Institution) that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan:

(A) all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and

(B) all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.

“Period Servicing Amount” means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).

“Permitted Advance” means an advance of funds by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date, (ii) does not cause the sum of (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Institution plus (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Institution related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) the Assuming Institution has taken a Charge-Off and (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided, that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Institution in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.

“Permitted Amendment” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Institution in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided, that:

(i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
106

revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;

(ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and

(iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.

“Pre-Charge-Off Expenses” means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.

“Quarterly Certificate” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Recoveries” (I)(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (II) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):

(i) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus

(ii) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus

(iii) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Institution of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (provided, that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus

(iv) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
107

(v) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period (provided, that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).

(I)(B) For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (I)(A) above, the Assuming Institution shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution.

(II) If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, and if, as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Institution recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by multiplying:

(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

provided, however, that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (a) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs, (b) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
108

period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (c) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided, further, that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (I) above.

(III) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (I) and (II) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include: (a) any amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, (b) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (c) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Institution from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter as set forth immediately above in subparagraph (c), the Assuming Institution will subtract (i) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) from (ii) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.

“Recovery Amount” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Recovery Expenses” means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
109

Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution), and (ii) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided, that, so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying:

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.

“Recovery Quarter” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Reimbursable Expenses” means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:

(i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
110

such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided, that, so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying:

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and

(ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative).

“Review Board” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Shared-Loss Amount” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
111

Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided, that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1(e)(i) or 2.1(e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.

“Shared-Loss Assets” means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Institution, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared Loss MTM Assets.

“Shared-Loss Loan Commitment” means:

(i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.

“Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance” means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.

“Shared-Loss Loans” means:

(i)(A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Exhibit 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (C) Permitted Advances and (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided, that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor; (E) Loans owned by any Subsidiary which are not Shared-Loss Loans under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement; and (F) Consumer Loans; and

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
112

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.

“Shared-Loss MTM Assets” means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).

“Shared-Loss Payment Trigger” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the cumulative Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.

“Shared-Loss Quarter” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

“Stated Threshold” means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $102,000,000.00.

“Subsidiary ORE” means all assets owned by ORE Subsidiaries that would constitute Additional ORE if such assets were on the books of the Assuming Institution.

“Termination Date” means the eighth (8th)anniversary of the Commencement Date.

“Third Party Servicer” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

2.1 Shared-Loss Arrangement.

(a) Quarterly Certificates. (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Institution’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”):

(A) the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
113

(B) the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and

(C) net realized loss on the Shared Loss MTM Assets determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (MTM Net Realized Loss), or net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM assets, expressed as a negative number (MTM Net Realized Gain); and

(D) any other than temporary impairment of the Shared Loss MTM Assets, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (“OTTI Loss”) or reversals of OTTI Loss, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).

(ii) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify

(A) the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and

(B) net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM Assets.

(b) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

(i) For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Institution shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared Loss MTM Assets on its Accounting Records at Fair Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus MTM Net Realized Gain or MTM Net Realized Loss, plus OTTI Loss during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
114

positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter. When the cumulative Shared-Loss Amounts for all Shared-Loss Quarters plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to ninety-five percent ((95%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Quarter, until such time as the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters is less than the Stated Threshold, when the percentage shall revert back to eighty percent (80%).

(ii) If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter. If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided, that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative. The Assuming Institution shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C) only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Institution all or any portion of such excess. Subsequent to the Assuming Institution’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by 80% (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Institution may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
115

final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Institution the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate. On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).

(iii) With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss MTM Assets shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets.

(iv) If the Assuming Institution has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in the last sentence of Section 2.1(a)(ii), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) (or, if the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement plus the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, ninety-five percent (95%)) of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.

(v) If the First Loss Tranche as determined under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is a positive number, Receiver has no obligation to make payment for any Shared Loss Quarters until the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is satisfied.

(vi) Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
116

FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.

(c) Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment. The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Institution had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

(d) Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans. No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Institution sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Institution makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Institution makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Institution has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided, that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Institution shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.

(e) Option to Purchase.

(i) In the event that the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
117

constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Institution shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.

(ii) During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:

(A) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $500,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or

(B) a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

(iii) If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Institution to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.

(iv) Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
118

any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Institution to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.

(v) The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1(e)(iv).

(f) Dispute Resolution.

(i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(ii) A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Institution agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Institution and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.

(iii) No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
119

the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Institution as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.

(iv) The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution.

(v) Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.

(vi) The FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Institution will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.

(vii) Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.

(viii) Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
120

to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:

(1) all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;

(2) the communication has already been made public;

(3) the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public; or

(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.

(ix) Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.

(x) No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.

(xi) The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.

(xii) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
121

with respect to such item is finally resolved.

(g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level. On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.

2.2 Administration of Shared-Loss Assets. The Assuming Institution shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

2.3 Auditor Report; Right to Audit.

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.

(c) The Receiver or the Corporation may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
122

Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

2.4 Withholdings. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Institution elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.

2.5 Books and Records. The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
123

obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.

2.6 Information. The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the

Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.

2.7 Tax Ruling. The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

ARTICLE III—RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS

ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS MTM ASSETS

3.1 Agreement with Respect to Administration. The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss MTM Assets) to, or a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss MTM Assets while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.

3.2 Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

(a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
124

constitute Shared Loss Assets;

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;

(iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

(c) The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:

(i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;

(ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Institution employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation-related expenses,;

(iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;

(iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided, that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
125

fees of other independent consultants;

(v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;

(vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and

(vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.

(d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

3.3 Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets.

(a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss MTM Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets;

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets;

(iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss MTM Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage,

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
126

administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss MTM Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

(c) The Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

3.4 Records and Reports. The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss MTM Assets and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

3.5 Related Loans.

(a) The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Institution.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $500,000 or more.

3.6 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
127

IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

3.7 Third Party Servicer. The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.

ARTICLE IV – PORTFOLIO SALE

4.1 Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets. The Assuming Institution shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Institution (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors.

4.2 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss. For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.

ARTICLE V – LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR RECEIVER

As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:

5.1 With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
128

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

5.2 With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

7777 Baymeadows Way West

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attention: Managing Counsel

with a copy to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)

ARTICLE VI – MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance. All terms and provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided, however, that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receive; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Institution, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Institution or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
129

increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.

6.3 Governing Law. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

6.4 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

6.5 Captions. All captions and headings contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

6.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.

6.7 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

6.8 No Third Party Beneficiary. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
130

Agreement or any provision hereof.

6.9 Consent. Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6.10 Rights Cumulative. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

	Bank of Hiawassee
	Hiawassee, Georgia
131

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

MANDATORILY CONVERTIBLE CUMULATIVE NON-VOTING PERPETUAL

PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B

OF

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 151 of the

General Corporation Law

of the State of Delaware

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 151(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware thereof, does hereby certify:

The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, adopted the following resolution creating a series of shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as “Mandatorily Convertible Cumulative, Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B”.

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES

Section 1. Designation. There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Corporation a series of preferred stock designated as the “Mandatorily Convertible Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). The number of shares constituting such series shall be 8,280. The par value of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $.01 per share, and the liquidation preference shall be $1,000 per share.

Section 2. Ranking. The Series B Preferred Stock will, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution, rank (i) on a parity with the Corporation’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, and with each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation (collectively referred to as “Parity Securities”), and (ii) senior to the Corporation’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and each other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding or established after the Effective Date by the Corporation the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks on a parity with or senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation (collectively referred to as “Junior Securities”). The Corporation has the power to authorize and/or issue additional shares or classes or series of Junior Securities or Parity Securities without the consent of the Holders.

Section 3. Definitions. The following initially capitalized terms shall have the following meanings, whether used in the singular or the plural:

(a) “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

(b) “Applicable Conversion Price” means the Conversion Price in effect at any given time.

(c) “Affiliated Person” means, with respect to any Person, its Affiliates which for purposes of this definition include all “affiliates” as defined in the Part 574 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

(d) “Business Day” means any day that is not Saturday or Sunday and that, in New York City, is not a day on which banking institutions generally are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

(e) “Certificate of Designations” means this Certificate of Designations of Citizens South Banking Corporation, dated March 17, 2010.

(f) “CIBC Act” means the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended.

(g) “Closing Price” of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on any date of determination means the closing sale price or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price of the shares of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on The NASDAQ Global Market on such date. If the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) is not traded on The NASDAQ Global Market on any date of determination, the Closing Price of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on such date of determination means the closing sale price as reported in the composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) is so listed or quoted, or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) is so listed or quoted, or if the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) is not so listed or quoted on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) in the over-the-counter market as reported by Pink OTC Markets Inc. or similar organization, or, if that bid price is not available, the market price of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on that date as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained by the Corporation for this purpose.

For purposes of this Certificate of Designations, all references herein to the “Closing Price” and “last reported sale price” of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on The NASDAQ Global Market shall be such closing sale price and last reported sale price as reflected on the website of The NASDAQ Global Market (http://www.nasdaq.com) and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service; provided that in the event that there is a discrepancy between the closing sale price or last reported sale price as reflected on the website of The NASDAQ Global Market and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service, the closing sale price and last reported sale price on the website of The NASDAQ Global Market shall govern.

(h) “Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

(i) “Corporation” means Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(j) “Conversion Price” means for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $4.50 provided that the foregoing shall be subject to adjustment or limitation as set forth herein.

(k) “Current Market Price” means, on any date, the average of the daily Closing Price per share of the Common Stock or other securities on each of the five consecutive Trading Days preceding the earlier of the day before the date in question and the day before the Ex-Date with respect to the issuance or distribution giving rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10.

(l) “Dividend Rate” means, with respect to any Section 4 Dividend Period, 14% per annum.

(m) “Effective Date” means the date on which shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are first issued.

(n) “Exchange Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

(o) “Ex-Date”, when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock or other securities trade without the right to receive the issuance or distribution giving rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10.

(p) “Holder” means the Person in whose name the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are registered, which may be treated by the Corporation as the absolute owner of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock for the purpose of making payment and settling the related conversions and for all other purposes.

(q) “Junior Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

(r) “Liquidation Preference” means, as to the Series B Preferred Stock, $1,000 per share (as adjusted for any split, subdivision, combination, consolidation, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock).

(s) “Mandatory Conversion Date” means, with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock of any Holder, the third Business Day after which the Corporation and/or such Holder, as applicable as to a Holder, has received the Stockholder Approval (or if a Reorganization Event has theretofore been consummated, the date of consummation of such Reorganization Event), provided, however, that if a Mandatory Conversion Date would otherwise occur on or after an Ex-Date for an issuance or distribution that results in an adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10 and on or before the Record Date for such issuance or distribution, such Mandatory Conversion Date shall instead occur on the first calendar day after the Record Date for such issuance or distribution.

(t) “Notice of Mandatory Conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

(u) “OTS” means the Office of Thrift Supervision.

(v) “Parity Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

(w) “Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

(x) “Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(d).

(y) “Reorganization Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

(z) “Section 4 Dividend Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

(aa) “Section 4 Dividend Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

(bb) “Section 4(g) Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(g).

(cc) “Securities Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, effective as provided in Section 6.16 therein, as may be amended from time to time, between the Corporation and the Holder.

(dd) “Series B Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(ee) “Stockholder Approval” means the stockholder approval necessary to approve the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock for purposes of Rule 5635 of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules.

(ff) “Trading Day” means a day on which the shares of Common Stock:

(i) are not suspended from trading on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market at the close of business; and

(ii) have traded at least once on the national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market that is the primary market for the trading of the Common Stock.

(gg) “Violation” means a violation of the stockholder approval requirements of Rule 5635 of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules.

(hh) “Voting Stock” has the meaning set forth in Part 574 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

Section 4. Dividends. (a) From and after the Effective Date, the Holders shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends of the type and in the amounts determined as set forth in this Section 4, and no more.

(b) Commencing on the Effective Date, dividends shall accrue and shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Section 4 Dividend Payment Date”) or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day. Dividends payable pursuant to this Section 4, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, will be, for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock, payable in cash at an annual rate equal to the Dividend Rate multiplied by the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference plus (B) all accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Section 4 Dividend Period that are payable on such share of Series B Preferred Stock, payable in cash.

(c) Dividends payable pursuant to this Section 4 will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and, for any Section 4 Dividend Period greater or less than a full Section 4 Dividend Period, will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the period divided by 360. The period from the Effective Date to but excluding June 30, 2010 and each period from and including a Section 4 Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the following Section 4 Dividend Payment Date is herein referred to as a “Section 4 Dividend Period”.

(d) Each dividend will be payable to Holders of record as they appear in the records of the Corporation on the applicable record date (each, a “Record Date”), which with respect to dividends payable pursuant to this Section 4, shall be on the fifteenth day of the month in which the relevant Section 4 Dividend Payment Date occurs.

(e) Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are cumulative. Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Effective Date, shall compound at the relevant rate on each subsequent Section 4 Dividend Payment Date (i.e., no dividends shall accrue on another dividend unless and until the first Section 4 Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has

passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on each Section 4 Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Section 4 Dividend Payment Date.

(f) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, if all dividends on all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock for any Section 4 Dividend Period have not been declared and paid, or declared and funds set aside therefor, the Corporation shall not (x) declare or pay dividends with respect to, or make any distributions on, or directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or acquire any of its Junior Securities or (y) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or acquire any of its Parity Securities, other than, in each case, (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of Junior Securities or Parity Securities in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants or in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, (ii) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (iii) conversions or exchanges of Junior Securities or Parity Securities for Junior Securities or Parity Securities and (iv) any purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the securities being converted or exchanged. If dividends payable pursuant to Section 4 for any Section 4 Dividend Payment Date are not paid in full, or declared and funds set aside therefor on the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and there are issued and outstanding shares of Parity Securities with the same Section 4 Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Securities having dividend payment dates different from the Section 4 Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Section 4 Dividend Period applicable to such Section 4 Dividend Payment Date), then all dividends declared on shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and such Parity Securities on such date or dates, as the case may be, shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as full semi-annual dividends per share payable on the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 and all such Parity Securities otherwise payable on such Section 4 Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Securities having dividend payment dates different from the Section 4 Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Section 4 Dividend Period applicable to such Section 4 Dividend Payment Date) (subject to such dividends on such Parity Securities having been declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of any such Parity Securities that bear cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other.

(g) In addition, so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or make any Distribution on any Common Stock, unless at the time of such dividend or Distribution the Corporation simultaneously pays a dividend or makes a Distribution (in either case, a “Section 4(g) Payment”), which dividend or Distribution shall be payable in the same cash, securities or other assets or other property as is paid to holders of Common Stock, on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the product of (i) the dividend payable or Distribution to be made on each share of Common Stock and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series B Preferred Stock (assuming receipt of the Stockholder Approval), calculated on the record date for determination of holders

entitled to receive such dividend or Distribution. For purposes hereof, “Distribution” shall mean the transfer from the Corporation to its stockholders of cash, securities or other assets or property, including, without limitation, evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock or securities (including, without limitation, any dividend or distribution of (i) shares of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit in a “spin-off” transaction or (ii) rights or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (other than rights issued pursuant to a shareholders’ rights plan, a dividend reinvestment plan or other similar plans)), without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10 hereof, if the Corporation pays a dividend or makes a Distribution that causes it to make a Section 4(g) Payment to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Conversion Price under Section 10 shall be made with respect to such dividend or Distribution.

(h) If the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock is prior to the Section 4 Dividend Payment Date applicable to any Section 4 Dividend Period, the Holder of such share of Series B Preferred Stock will not have the right to receive any dividends payable pursuant to Section 4(b) on the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to such Section 4 Dividend Period; provided that this provision shall not affect any rights to receive any accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock attributable to any Section 4 Dividend Period completed prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date.

Section 5. Liquidation. (a) In the event the Corporation voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the Holders at the time shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Liquidation Preference per share of Series B Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, thereon to and including the date of such liquidation and (ii) 110% of the payment or distribution to which such Holders would be entitled if the Series B Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock immediately before such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, out of assets legally available for distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders, before any distribution of assets is made to the holders of the Common Stock or any other Junior Securities. After payment of the full amount of such liquidation distribution, the Holders shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Corporation.

(b) In the event the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable on any Parity Securities, Holders and the holders of such Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of assets of the Corporation in proportion to the full respective liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(c) The Corporation’s consolidation or merger with or into any other entity, the consolidation or merger of any other entity with or into the Corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property or business will not constitute its liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Section 6. Maturity. The Series B Preferred Stock shall be perpetual unless converted or redeemed in accordance with this Certificate of Designations.

Section 7. Redemptions.

(a) Optional Redemption. The Series B Preferred Stock may not be redeemed by the Corporation prior to June 30, 2015. The Corporation, at its option, may redeem in whole at any time the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 7(c) below, at a redemption price per share payable in cash equal to the greater of (i) 125.0% of the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference, plus (B) all accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, up to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption and (ii) 110% of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date fixed for redemption (assuming receipt of Stockholder Approval) multiplied by (B) the Closing Price of Common Stock on such Trading Day; provided that in no event shall such redemption price exceed 150% of the amount determined in accordance with clause (i) above. The redemption price for any shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the Holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to a Record Date for a Section 4 Dividend Period shall not be paid to the Holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Record Date.

(b) No Sinking Fund. The Series B Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

(c) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption; provided, that failure to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be so redeemed except as to the Holder to whom the Corporation has failed to give such notice or except as to the Holder to whom notice was defective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series B Preferred Stock or any depositary shares representing interests in the Series B Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the Holders of Series B Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a Holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such Holder; (3) the redemption price (or manner of determination of the redemption price); and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given as provided in Section 7(c) and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any

share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date unless the Corporation defaults in the payment of the redemption price, in which case such rights shall continue until the redemption price is paid, dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the Holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of two years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares. Shares of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series.

Section 8. Mandatory Conversion. Effective as of the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock of a Holder, all such Holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into shares of Common Stock as set forth below. The number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible shall be determined by dividing (i) the Liquidation Preference, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, with respect to any Section 4 Dividend Period completed prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date (but not with respect to the Section 4 Dividend Period in which the Mandatory Conversion Date occurs), by (ii) the Applicable Conversion Price (subject to the conversion procedures of Section 9 hereof). provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Designations, the number of Common Shares to be issued to any Holder pursuant to this Certificate of Designations shall be issued to the extent (but only to the extent) that issuance of such Common Shares would not (i) cause or result in such Holder and its Affiliates, collectively, being deemed to own, control or have the power to vote securities which (assuming, for this purpose only, full conversion and/or exercise of such securities) would represent 10.0% or more of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at such time, (ii) otherwise cause such Holder or any of its Affiliates to violate any bank regulation or (iii) require such Holder or any of its Affiliates to obtain the prior approval of any bank regulator (collectively, the “Ownership Limit”); provided, further, however, that any Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Holder upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such Holder, but cannot be issued to such Holder at the time of conversion as a result of the Ownership Limit, shall thereafter be issued to such Holder on the first date on which such issuance would not cause or result in a violation of the Ownership Limit. For purposes of the first proviso contained in the preceding sentence, any shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock owned by Holder and not acquired pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement or this Certificate of Designations shall be disregarded in the calculation of the Ownership Limit. Upon conversion, Holders shall receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in accordance with Section 13 hereof.

Section 9. Conversion Procedures.

(a) Upon receipt by the Corporation of Stockholder Approval, within two (2) Business Days thereafter, the Corporation shall provide notice of mandatory conversion to each Holder (such notice a “Notice of Mandatory Conversion”). In addition to any information required by

applicable law or regulation, the Notice of Mandatory Conversion with respect to such Holder shall state, as appropriate:

(i) the Mandatory Conversion Date;

(ii) the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of each share of Series B Preferred Stock held of record by such Holder and subject to such mandatory conversion; and

(iii) if certificates are to be issued, the place or places where certificates for shares of Series B Preferred Stock held of record by such Holder are to be surrendered for issuance of certificates representing shares of Common Stock.

(b) Effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any shares of Series B Preferred Stock dividends shall no longer be declared on any such shares of Series B Preferred Stock and such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease to be outstanding, in each case, subject to the right of the Holder to receive (i) shares of Common Stock issuable upon such mandatory conversion, (ii) any declared and unpaid dividends on such share to the extent provided in Section 4 and (iii) any other payments to which such Holder is otherwise entitled pursuant to Section 8, Section 11 or Section 13 hereof, as applicable.

(c) No allowance or adjustment, except pursuant to Section 10, shall be made in respect of dividends payable to holders of the Common Stock of record as of any date prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock. Prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof, or other securities issuable upon conversion of, such share of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be deemed outstanding for any purpose, and the Holder thereof shall have no rights with respect to the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion (including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers for the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion) by virtue of holding such share of Series B Preferred Stock, except to the extent set forth in Section 4(g).

(d) Shares of Series B Preferred Stock duly converted in accordance with this Certificate of Designations, or otherwise reacquired by the Corporation, will resume the status of authorized and unissued preferred stock, undesignated as to series and available for future issuance. The Corporation may from time-to-time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock; provided, that the Corporation shall not take any such action if such action would reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock below the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding.

(e) The Person or Persons entitled to receive the Common Stock and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such shares of Common Stock and/or securities as of the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect thereto. In the event that a Holder shall not by written notice designate the name in which shares of Common Stock and/or

cash, securities or other property (including payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares) to be issued or paid upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock should be registered or paid or the manner in which such shares should be delivered, the Corporation shall be entitled to register and deliver such shares, and make such payment, in the name of the Holder and in the manner shown on the records of the Corporation.

(f) On the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock, certificates representing shares of Common Stock shall be issued and delivered to the Holder thereof or such Holder’s designee (or, at the Corporation’s option such shares shall be registered in book-entry form) upon presentation and surrender of the certificate evidencing the Series B Preferred Stock to the Corporation and, if required, the furnishing of appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the payment of all transfer and similar taxes.

Section 10. Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

(a) The Conversion Price shall be subject to the following adjustments:

(i) Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation pays dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

OS₀

OS¹

Where,
OS0 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution.
OS1 =	the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution plus the total number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or distribution.

For the purposes of this clause (i), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Corporation. If any dividend or distribution described in this clause (i) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to make such dividend or distribution, to such Conversion Price that would be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

(ii) Subdivisions, Splits and Combination of the Common Stock. If the Corporation subdivides, splits or combines the shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination will be multiplied by the following fraction:

OS₀

OS¹

Where,
OS0 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination.
OS1 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the opening of business on the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination.

For the purposes of this clause (ii), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Corporation. If any subdivision, split or combination described in this clause (ii) is announced but the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not subdivided, split or combined, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to subdivide, split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, to such Conversion Price that would be in effect if such subdivision, split or combination had not been announced.

(iii) Issuance of Stock Purchase Rights. If the Corporation issues to all holders of the shares of Common Stock rights or warrants (other than rights or warrants issued pursuant to a stockholders’ rights plan, a dividend reinvestment plan or share purchase plan or other similar plans) entitling them, for a period of up to 45 days from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants, to subscribe for or purchase the shares of Common Stock at less than the Current Market Price on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

OS₀ + Y

OS₀ + X

Where,
OS0 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution.
X =	the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights or warrants.
Y =	the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to

exercise such rights or warrants divided by the Current Market Price on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants.

For the purposes of this clause (iii), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Corporation. The Corporation shall not issue any such rights or warrants in respect of shares of the Common Stock acquired by the Corporation. In the event that such rights or warrants described in this clause (iii) are not so issued, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to issue such rights or warrants, to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such issuance had not been declared. To the extent that such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration or shares of Common Stock are otherwise not delivered pursuant to such rights or warrants upon the exercise of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price (but giving effect to any other adjustments that may have been made with respect to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Designations) that would then be in effect had the adjustment made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of the delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. In determining the aggregate offering price payable for such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received for such rights or warrants and the value of such consideration (if other than cash, to be determined in a reasonable manner by the Board of Directors).

(iv) Debt or Asset Distributions. If the Corporation distributes to all holders of shares of Common Stock evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock, securities, cash or other assets (excluding any dividend or distribution referred to in clause (i) above, any rights or warrants referred to in clause (iii) above, any dividend or distribution paid exclusively in cash, any consideration payable in connection with a tender or exchange offer made by the Corporation or any of its applicable subsidiaries, and any dividend of shares of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit in the case of certain spin-off transactions as described below), then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

SP0 – FMV

SP0

Where,
SP0 =	the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such date.
FMV =	the fair market value of the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of

Directors.

In a “spin-off”, where the Corporation makes a distribution to all holders of shares of Common Stock consisting of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests of, or relating to, a subsidiary or other business unit, the Conversion Price will be adjusted on the fifteenth Trading Day after the effective date of the distribution by multiplying such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such fifteenth Trading Day by the following fraction:

MP0

MP0 + MPs

Where,
MP0 =	the average of the Closing Prices of the Common Stock over the first ten Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day following the effective date of such distribution.
MPs =	the average of the Closing Prices of the capital stock or equity interests representing the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock over the first ten Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day following the effective date of such distribution, or, if not traded on a national or regional securities exchange or over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the capital stock or equity interests representing the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

In the event that such distribution described in this clause (iv) is not so paid or made, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay or make such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

(v) Cash Distributions. If the Corporation makes a distribution consisting exclusively of cash to all holders of the Common Stock, excluding, (a) any cash that is distributed in a Reorganization Event or as part of a “spin-off” referred to in clause (iv) above, (b) any dividend or distribution in connection with the Corporation’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and (c) any consideration payable in connection with a tender or exchange offer made by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, then in each event, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

  SP₀ – DIV  

SP₀

Where,
SP0 =	the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date.
DIV =	the amount per share of Common Stock of the cash distribution, as determined pursuant to the introduction to this paragraph (v).

In the event that any distribution described in this clause (v) is not so made, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay such distribution, to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared.

(vi) Self Tender Offers and Exchange Offers. If the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries successfully completes a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock where the cash and the value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the tender or exchange offer, then the Conversion Price in effect at the close of business on such immediately succeeding Trading Day will be multiplied by the following fraction:

        OS₀ × SP₀

AC + (SP₀ × OS¹)

Where,
SP0 =	the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the tender or exchange offer.
OS0 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the expiration of the tender or exchange offer, including any shares validly tendered and not withdrawn.
OS1 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the expiration of the tender or exchange offer, giving effect to consummation of the acquisition of all shares validly tendered or exchanged (and not withdrawn) in connection with such tender or exchange.

AC = the aggregate cash and fair market value of the other consideration payable in the tender or exchange offer, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

In the event that the Corporation, or one of its subsidiaries, is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Corporation, or such subsidiary, is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to be such Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made.

(vi) Rights Plans. To the extent that the Corporation has a rights plan in effect with respect to the Common Stock on the Mandatory Conversion Date, upon conversion of any shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, Holders will receive, in addition to the shares of Common Stock, the rights under the rights plan, unless, prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock, in which case the Conversion Price will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Corporation had made a distribution to all holders of the Common Stock as described in clause (iv) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

(b) Subject to the limitations set forth in the provisos to the first paragraph of Section 10(a), the Corporation may make such decreases in the Conversion Price, in addition to any other decreases required by this Section 10, if the Board of Directors deems it advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of the Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or issuance of rights or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes or for any other reason.

(c) (i) All adjustments to the Conversion Price shall be calculated to the nearest  ¹/ 10 of a cent. No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required if such adjustment would be less than $0.01; provided, that any adjustments which by reason of this subparagraph are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; provided further that on the Mandatory Conversion Date adjustments to the Conversion Price will be made with respect to any such adjustment carried forward and which has not been taken into account before such date.

(ii) No adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made if Holders may participate in the transaction that would otherwise give rise to an adjustment, as a result of holding the Series B Preferred Stock (including without limitation pursuant to Section 4 hereof), without having to convert the Series B Preferred Stock, as if they held the full number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of the Series B Preferred Stock may then be converted.

(iii) The Applicable Conversion Price shall not be adjusted:

(A) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Corporation’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any such plan;

(B) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or rights or warrants to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or

consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries;

(C) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the date shares of the Series B Preferred Stock were first issued and not substantially amended thereafter;

(D) for a change in the par value or no par value of Common Stock; or

(E) for accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock.

(d) Whenever the Conversion Price is to be adjusted in accordance with Section 10(a) or Section 10(b), the Corporation shall: (i) compute the Conversion Price in accordance with Section 10(a) or Section 10(b), taking into account the $0.01 threshold set forth in Section 10(c) hereof; (ii) as soon as practicable following the occurrence of an event that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10(a) or Section 10(b), taking into account the one percent threshold set forth in Section 10(c) hereof (or if the Corporation is not aware of such occurrence, as soon as practicable after becoming so aware), provide, or cause to be provided, a written notice to the Holders of the occurrence of such event; and (iii) as soon as practicable following the determination of the revised Conversion Price in accordance with Section 10(a) or Section 10(b) hereof, provide, or cause to be provided, a written notice to the Holders setting forth in reasonable detail the method by which the adjustment to the Conversion Price was determined and setting forth the revised Conversion Price.

Section 11. Reorganization Events. (a) In the event that, for so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding there occurs:

(i) any consolidation, merger or other similar business combination of the Corporation with or into another Person, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property of the Corporation or another Person;

(ii) any sale, transfer, lease or conveyance to another Person of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property of the Corporation or another Person;

(iii) any reclassification of the Common Stock into securities including securities other than the Common Stock; or

(iv) any statutory exchange of the outstanding shares of Common Stock for securities of another Person (other than in connection with a merger or acquisition);

(any such event specified in this Section 11(a), a “Reorganization Event”); then each share of such Holder’s Series B Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event shall remain outstanding but shall automatically convert, effective as of the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock of such Holder, into the type and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable in such Reorganization Event by the holder (excluding the counterparty to the Reorganization Event or an Affiliate of such counterparty) of the number of shares of Common Stock obtained by dividing (x) the Liquidation Preference, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, up to, but excluding such date, by (y) the Applicable Conversion Price as of such date

(such securities, cash and other property, the “Exchange Property”). In the event that a Reorganization Event referenced in Section 11(a) involves common stock as all or part of the consideration being offered in a fixed exchange ratio transaction, the fair market value per share of such common stock shall be determined by reference to the average of the closing prices of such common stock for the ten Trading Day period ending immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event.

(b) In the event that holders of the shares of Common Stock have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in such transaction, the consideration that the Holders are entitled to receive shall be deemed to be the types and amounts of consideration received by the majority of the holders of the shares of Common Stock that affirmatively make an election.

(c) The above provisions of this Section 11 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganization Events and the provisions of Section 10 shall apply to any shares of capital stock of the Corporation (or any successor) received by the holders of the Common Stock in any such Reorganization Event.

(d) The Corporation (or any successor) shall, within seven days of the consummation of any Reorganization Event, provide written notice to the Holders of such consummation of such event and of the kind and amount of the cash, securities or other property that constitutes the Exchange Property. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the operation of this Section 11.

(e) The Corporation shall not enter into any agreement for a transaction constituting a Reorganization Event unless such agreement provides for or does not interfere with or prevent (as applicable) conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock into the Exchange Property in a manner that is consistent with and gives effect to this Section 11.

Section 12. Voting Rights. (a) Holders will not have any voting rights, including the right to elect any directors, except (i) voting rights, if any, required by law, and (ii) voting rights, if any, described in this Section 12.

(b) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the vote or consent of the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating any of the following actions, whether or not such approval is required by Delaware law:

(i) any amendment, alteration or repeal (including by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (including this Certificate of Designations) or the Corporation’s bylaws that would alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely;

(ii) any amendment or alteration (including by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation to authorize, or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into shares of, any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock ranking senior to the Series B

Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; or

(iii) the consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series B Preferred Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another entity, except that the Holders will have no right to vote under this provision or under Delaware law if in each case (x) the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, is converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, that is an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and (y) such Series B Preferred Stock remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the Holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series B Preferred Stock, taken as a whole.

provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized preferred stock or any securities convertible into preferred stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any series of preferred stock or any securities convertible into preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon the Corporation’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up will not, in and of itself, be deemed to adversely affect rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock and, notwithstanding any provision of Delaware law, Holders will have no right to vote solely by reason of such an increase, creation or issuance.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders shall not have any voting rights if, at or prior to the effective time of the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have been converted into shares of Common Stock.

Section 13. Fractional Shares.

(a) No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued as a result of any conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

(b) In lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of any mandatory conversion pursuant to Section 8 hereof, the Corporation shall pay an amount in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to the same fraction of the Closing Price of the Common Stock determined as of the second Trading Day immediately preceding the Mandatory Conversion Date.

(c) If more than one share of the Series B Preferred Stock is surrendered for conversion at one time by or for the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock so surrendered.

Section 14. Reservation of Common Stock.

(a) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock or shares acquired by the Corporation, solely for issuance upon the conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as provided in this Certificate of Designations free from any preemptive or other similar rights, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. For purposes of this Section 14(a), the number of shares of Common Stock that shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single Holder.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be entitled to deliver upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as herein provided, shares of Common Stock acquired by the Corporation (in lieu of the issuance of authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock), so long as any such acquired shares are free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances.

(c) All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances.

(d) Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Corporation shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all federal and state laws and regulations thereunder requiring the registration of such securities with, or any approval of or consent to the delivery thereof by, any governmental authority.

(e) The Corporation hereby covenants and agrees that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market or any other national securities exchange or automated quotation system, the Corporation will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, all the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 15. Replacement Certificates.

(a) The Corporation shall replace any mutilated certificate at the Holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Corporation. The Corporation shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the Holder’s expense upon delivery to the Corporation of satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be required by the Corporation.

(b) The Corporation shall not be required to issue any certificates representing the Series B Preferred Stock on or after the Mandatory Conversion Date. In place of the delivery of a replacement certificate following the Mandatory Conversion Date, the Corporation, upon delivery of the evidence and indemnity described in clause (a) above, shall deliver the shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock formerly evidenced by the certificate.

Section 16. Miscellaneous.

(a) All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt thereof or three Business Days after the mailing thereof if sent by registered or certified mail (unless first-class mail shall be specifically permitted for such notice under the terms of this Certificate of Designations) with postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Corporation, to its office at 519 South New Hope Road, Gastonia, North Carolina 28054-4040, Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer, or (ii) if to any Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the stock record books of the Corporation, or (iii) to such other address as the Corporation or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given.

(b) The Corporation shall pay any and all stock transfer and documentary stamp taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or shares of Common Stock or other securities issued on account of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant hereto or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other securities in a name other than that in which the shares of Series B Preferred Stock with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment to any Person other than a payment to the registered holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(c) All payments on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be subject to withholding and backup withholding of tax to the extent required by applicable law, subject to applicable exemptions, and amounts withheld, if any, shall be treated as received by the holders thereof.

(d) No share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever under this Certificate of Designations as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated issued or granted.

(e) The shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.

(f) The Corporation covenants (1) not to treat the Series B Preferred Stock as preferred stock for purposes of Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

RESOLVED, that all actions taken by the officers and directors of the Corporation or any of them in connection with the foregoing resolutions through the date hereof be, and they hereby are, ratified and approved.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Citizens South Banking Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations to be signed by Kim S. Price its President and Chief Executive Officer this 16th day of March, 2010.

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Kim S. Price

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

MANDATORILY CONVERTIBLE CUMULATIVE NON-VOTING PERPETUAL

PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B

OF

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 151 of the

General Corporation Law

of the State of Delaware

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 151(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware thereof, does hereby certify:

The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, adopted the following resolution creating a series of shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as “Mandatorily Convertible Cumulative, Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B”.

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES

Section 1. Designation. There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Corporation a series of preferred stock designated as the “Mandatorily Convertible Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). The number of shares constituting such series shall be 8,280. The par value of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $.01 per share, and the liquidation preference shall be $1,000 per share.

Section 2. Ranking. The Series B Preferred Stock will, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution, rank (i) on a parity with the Corporation’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, and with each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation (collectively referred to as “Parity Securities”), and (ii) senior to the Corporation’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and each other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding or established after the Effective Date by the Corporation the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks on a parity with or senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation (collectively referred to as “Junior Securities”). The Corporation has the power to authorize and/or issue additional shares or classes or series of Junior Securities or Parity Securities without the consent of the Holders.

Section 3. Definitions. The following initially capitalized terms shall have the following meanings, whether used in the singular or the plural:

(a) “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

(b) “Applicable Conversion Price” means the Conversion Price in effect at any given time.

(c) “Affiliated Person” means, with respect to any Person, its Affiliates which for purposes of this definition include all “affiliates” as defined in the Part 574 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

(d) “Business Day” means any day that is not Saturday or Sunday and that, in New York City, is not a day on which banking institutions generally are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

(e) “Certificate of Designations” means this Certificate of Designations of Citizens South Banking Corporation, dated March 17, 2010.

(f) “CIBC Act” means the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended.

(g) “Closing Price” of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on any date of determination means the closing sale price or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price of the shares of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on The NASDAQ Global Market on such date. If the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) is not traded on The NASDAQ Global Market on any date of determination, the Closing Price of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on such date of determination means the closing sale price as reported in the composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) is so listed or quoted, or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) is so listed or quoted, or if the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) is not so listed or quoted on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) in the over-the-counter market as reported by Pink OTC Markets Inc. or similar organization, or, if that bid price is not available, the market price of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on that date as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained by the Corporation for this purpose.

For purposes of this Certificate of Designations, all references herein to the “Closing Price” and “last reported sale price” of the Common Stock (or other relevant capital stock or equity interest) on The NASDAQ Global Market shall be such closing sale price and last reported sale price as reflected on the website of The NASDAQ Global Market (http://www.nasdaq.com) and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service; provided that in the event that there is a discrepancy between the closing sale price or last reported sale price as reflected on the website of The NASDAQ Global Market and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service, the closing sale price and last reported sale price on the website of The NASDAQ Global Market shall govern.

(h) “Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

(i) “Corporation” means Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(j) “Conversion Price” means for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $4.50 provided that the foregoing shall be subject to adjustment or limitation as set forth herein.

(k) “Current Market Price” means, on any date, the average of the daily Closing Price per share of the Common Stock or other securities on each of the five consecutive Trading Days preceding the earlier of the day before the date in question and the day before the Ex-Date with respect to the issuance or distribution giving rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10.

(l) “Dividend Rate” means, with respect to any Section 4 Dividend Period, 14% per annum.

(m) “Effective Date” means the date on which shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are first issued.

(n) “Exchange Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

(o) “Ex-Date”, when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock or other securities trade without the right to receive the issuance or distribution giving rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10.

(p) “Holder” means the Person in whose name the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are registered, which may be treated by the Corporation as the absolute owner of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock for the purpose of making payment and settling the related conversions and for all other purposes.

(q) “Junior Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

(r) “Liquidation Preference” means, as to the Series B Preferred Stock, $1,000 per share (as adjusted for any split, subdivision, combination, consolidation, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock).

(s) “Mandatory Conversion Date” means, with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock of any Holder, the third Business Day after which the Corporation and/or such Holder, as applicable as to a Holder, has received the Stockholder Approval (or if a Reorganization Event has theretofore been consummated, the date of consummation of such Reorganization Event), provided, however, that if a Mandatory Conversion Date would otherwise occur on or after an Ex-Date for an issuance or distribution that results in an adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10 and on or before the Record Date for such issuance or distribution, such Mandatory Conversion Date shall instead occur on the first calendar day after the Record Date for such issuance or distribution.

(t) “Notice of Mandatory Conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

(u) “OTS” means the Office of Thrift Supervision.

(v) “Parity Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

(w) “Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

(x) “Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(d).

(y) “Reorganization Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

(z) “Section 4 Dividend Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

(aa) “Section 4 Dividend Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

(bb) “Section 4(g) Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(g).

(cc) “Securities Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, effective as provided in Section 6.16 therein, as may be amended from time to time, between the Corporation and the Holder.

(dd) “Series B Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(ee) “Stockholder Approval” means the stockholder approval necessary to approve the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock for purposes of Rule 5635 of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules.

(ff) “Trading Day” means a day on which the shares of Common Stock:

(i) are not suspended from trading on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market at the close of business; and

(ii) have traded at least once on the national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market that is the primary market for the trading of the Common Stock.

(gg) “Violation” means a violation of the stockholder approval requirements of Rule 5635 of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules.

(hh) “Voting Stock” has the meaning set forth in Part 574 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

Section 4. Dividends. (a) From and after the Effective Date, the Holders shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends of the type and in the amounts determined as set forth in this Section 4, and no more.

(b) Commencing on the Effective Date, dividends shall accrue and shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Section 4 Dividend Payment Date”) or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day. Dividends payable pursuant to this Section 4, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, will be, for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock, payable in cash at an annual rate equal to the Dividend Rate multiplied by the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference plus (B) all accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Section 4 Dividend Period that are payable on such share of Series B Preferred Stock, payable in cash.

(c) Dividends payable pursuant to this Section 4 will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and, for any Section 4 Dividend Period greater or less than a full Section 4 Dividend Period, will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the period divided by 360. The period from the Effective Date to but excluding June 30, 2010 and each period from and including a Section 4 Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the following Section 4 Dividend Payment Date is herein referred to as a “Section 4 Dividend Period”.

(d) Each dividend will be payable to Holders of record as they appear in the records of the Corporation on the applicable record date (each, a “Record Date”), which with respect to dividends payable pursuant to this Section 4, shall be on the fifteenth day of the month in which the relevant Section 4 Dividend Payment Date occurs.

(e) Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are cumulative. Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Effective Date, shall compound at the relevant rate on each subsequent Section 4 Dividend Payment Date (i.e., no dividends shall accrue on another dividend unless and until the first Section 4 Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has

passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on each Section 4 Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Section 4 Dividend Payment Date.

(f) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, if all dividends on all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock for any Section 4 Dividend Period have not been declared and paid, or declared and funds set aside therefor, the Corporation shall not (x) declare or pay dividends with respect to, or make any distributions on, or directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or acquire any of its Junior Securities or (y) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or acquire any of its Parity Securities, other than, in each case, (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of Junior Securities or Parity Securities in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants or in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, (ii) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (iii) conversions or exchanges of Junior Securities or Parity Securities for Junior Securities or Parity Securities and (iv) any purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the securities being converted or exchanged. If dividends payable pursuant to Section 4 for any Section 4 Dividend Payment Date are not paid in full, or declared and funds set aside therefor on the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and there are issued and outstanding shares of Parity Securities with the same Section 4 Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Securities having dividend payment dates different from the Section 4 Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Section 4 Dividend Period applicable to such Section 4 Dividend Payment Date), then all dividends declared on shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and such Parity Securities on such date or dates, as the case may be, shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as full semi-annual dividends per share payable on the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 and all such Parity Securities otherwise payable on such Section 4 Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Securities having dividend payment dates different from the Section 4 Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Section 4 Dividend Period applicable to such Section 4 Dividend Payment Date) (subject to such dividends on such Parity Securities having been declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of any such Parity Securities that bear cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other.

(g) In addition, so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or make any Distribution on any Common Stock, unless at the time of such dividend or Distribution the Corporation simultaneously pays a dividend or makes a Distribution (in either case, a “Section 4(g) Payment”), which dividend or Distribution shall be payable in the same cash, securities or other assets or other property as is paid to holders of Common Stock, on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the product of (i) the dividend payable or Distribution to be made on each share of Common Stock and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series B Preferred Stock (assuming receipt of the Stockholder Approval), calculated on the record date for determination of holders

entitled to receive such dividend or Distribution. For purposes hereof, “Distribution” shall mean the transfer from the Corporation to its stockholders of cash, securities or other assets or property, including, without limitation, evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock or securities (including, without limitation, any dividend or distribution of (i) shares of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit in a “spin-off” transaction or (ii) rights or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (other than rights issued pursuant to a shareholders’ rights plan, a dividend reinvestment plan or other similar plans)), without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10 hereof, if the Corporation pays a dividend or makes a Distribution that causes it to make a Section 4(g) Payment to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Conversion Price under Section 10 shall be made with respect to such dividend or Distribution.

(h) If the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock is prior to the Section 4 Dividend Payment Date applicable to any Section 4 Dividend Period, the Holder of such share of Series B Preferred Stock will not have the right to receive any dividends payable pursuant to Section 4(b) on the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to such Section 4 Dividend Period; provided that this provision shall not affect any rights to receive any accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock attributable to any Section 4 Dividend Period completed prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date.

Section 5. Liquidation. (a) In the event the Corporation voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the Holders at the time shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Liquidation Preference per share of Series B Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, thereon to and including the date of such liquidation and (ii) 110% of the payment or distribution to which such Holders would be entitled if the Series B Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock immediately before such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, out of assets legally available for distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders, before any distribution of assets is made to the holders of the Common Stock or any other Junior Securities. After payment of the full amount of such liquidation distribution, the Holders shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Corporation.

(b) In the event the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable on any Parity Securities, Holders and the holders of such Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of assets of the Corporation in proportion to the full respective liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(c) The Corporation’s consolidation or merger with or into any other entity, the consolidation or merger of any other entity with or into the Corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property or business will not constitute its liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Section 6. Maturity. The Series B Preferred Stock shall be perpetual unless converted or redeemed in accordance with this Certificate of Designations.

Section 7. Redemptions.

(a) Optional Redemption. The Series B Preferred Stock may not be redeemed by the Corporation prior to June 30, 2015. The Corporation, at its option, may redeem in whole at any time the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 7(c) below, at a redemption price per share payable in cash equal to the greater of (i) 125.0% of the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference, plus (B) all accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, up to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption and (ii) 110% of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date fixed for redemption (assuming receipt of Stockholder Approval) multiplied by (B) the Closing Price of Common Stock on such Trading Day; provided that in no event shall such redemption price exceed 150% of the amount determined in accordance with clause (i) above. The redemption price for any shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the Holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to a Record Date for a Section 4 Dividend Period shall not be paid to the Holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Record Date.

(b) No Sinking Fund. The Series B Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

(c) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption; provided, that failure to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be so redeemed except as to the Holder to whom the Corporation has failed to give such notice or except as to the Holder to whom notice was defective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series B Preferred Stock or any depositary shares representing interests in the Series B Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the Holders of Series B Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a Holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such Holder; (3) the redemption price (or manner of determination of the redemption price); and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given as provided in Section 7(c) and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any

share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date unless the Corporation defaults in the payment of the redemption price, in which case such rights shall continue until the redemption price is paid, dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the Holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of two years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares. Shares of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series.

Section 8. Mandatory Conversion. Effective as of the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock of a Holder, all such Holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into shares of Common Stock as set forth below. The number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible shall be determined by dividing (i) the Liquidation Preference, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, with respect to any Section 4 Dividend Period completed prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date (but not with respect to the Section 4 Dividend Period in which the Mandatory Conversion Date occurs), by (ii) the Applicable Conversion Price (subject to the conversion procedures of Section 9 hereof). provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Designations, the number of Common Shares to be issued to any Holder pursuant to this Certificate of Designations shall be issued to the extent (but only to the extent) that issuance of such Common Shares would not (i) cause or result in such Holder and its Affiliates, collectively, being deemed to own, control or have the power to vote securities which (assuming, for this purpose only, full conversion and/or exercise of such securities) would represent 10.0% or more of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at such time, (ii) otherwise cause such Holder or any of its Affiliates to violate any bank regulation or (iii) require such Holder or any of its Affiliates to obtain the prior approval of any bank regulator (collectively, the “Ownership Limit”); provided, further, however, that any Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to the Holder upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such Holder, but cannot be issued to such Holder at the time of conversion as a result of the Ownership Limit, shall thereafter be issued to such Holder on the first date on which such issuance would not cause or result in a violation of the Ownership Limit. For purposes of the first proviso contained in the preceding sentence, any shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock owned by Holder and not acquired pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement or this Certificate of Designations shall be disregarded in the calculation of the Ownership Limit. Upon conversion, Holders shall receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in accordance with Section 13 hereof.

Section 9. Conversion Procedures.

(a) Upon receipt by the Corporation of Stockholder Approval, within two (2) Business Days thereafter, the Corporation shall provide notice of mandatory conversion to each Holder (such notice a “Notice of Mandatory Conversion”). In addition to any information required by

applicable law or regulation, the Notice of Mandatory Conversion with respect to such Holder shall state, as appropriate:

(i) the Mandatory Conversion Date;

(ii) the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of each share of Series B Preferred Stock held of record by such Holder and subject to such mandatory conversion; and

(iii) if certificates are to be issued, the place or places where certificates for shares of Series B Preferred Stock held of record by such Holder are to be surrendered for issuance of certificates representing shares of Common Stock.

(b) Effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any shares of Series B Preferred Stock dividends shall no longer be declared on any such shares of Series B Preferred Stock and such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease to be outstanding, in each case, subject to the right of the Holder to receive (i) shares of Common Stock issuable upon such mandatory conversion, (ii) any declared and unpaid dividends on such share to the extent provided in Section 4 and (iii) any other payments to which such Holder is otherwise entitled pursuant to Section 8, Section 11 or Section 13 hereof, as applicable.

(c) No allowance or adjustment, except pursuant to Section 10, shall be made in respect of dividends payable to holders of the Common Stock of record as of any date prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock. Prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof, or other securities issuable upon conversion of, such share of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be deemed outstanding for any purpose, and the Holder thereof shall have no rights with respect to the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion (including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers for the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion) by virtue of holding such share of Series B Preferred Stock, except to the extent set forth in Section 4(g).

(d) Shares of Series B Preferred Stock duly converted in accordance with this Certificate of Designations, or otherwise reacquired by the Corporation, will resume the status of authorized and unissued preferred stock, undesignated as to series and available for future issuance. The Corporation may from time-to-time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock; provided, that the Corporation shall not take any such action if such action would reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock below the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding.

(e) The Person or Persons entitled to receive the Common Stock and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such shares of Common Stock and/or securities as of the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect thereto. In the event that a Holder shall not by written notice designate the name in which shares of Common Stock and/or

cash, securities or other property (including payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares) to be issued or paid upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock should be registered or paid or the manner in which such shares should be delivered, the Corporation shall be entitled to register and deliver such shares, and make such payment, in the name of the Holder and in the manner shown on the records of the Corporation.

(f) On the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock, certificates representing shares of Common Stock shall be issued and delivered to the Holder thereof or such Holder’s designee (or, at the Corporation’s option such shares shall be registered in book-entry form) upon presentation and surrender of the certificate evidencing the Series B Preferred Stock to the Corporation and, if required, the furnishing of appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the payment of all transfer and similar taxes.

Section 10. Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

(a) The Conversion Price shall be subject to the following adjustments:

(i) Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation pays dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

OS₀

OS¹

Where,
OS0 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution.
OS1 =	the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution plus the total number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or distribution.

For the purposes of this clause (i), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Corporation. If any dividend or distribution described in this clause (i) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to make such dividend or distribution, to such Conversion Price that would be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

(ii) Subdivisions, Splits and Combination of the Common Stock. If the Corporation subdivides, splits or combines the shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination will be multiplied by the following fraction:

OS₀

OS¹

Where,
OS0 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination.
OS1 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the opening of business on the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination.

For the purposes of this clause (ii), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Corporation. If any subdivision, split or combination described in this clause (ii) is announced but the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not subdivided, split or combined, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to subdivide, split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, to such Conversion Price that would be in effect if such subdivision, split or combination had not been announced.

(iii) Issuance of Stock Purchase Rights. If the Corporation issues to all holders of the shares of Common Stock rights or warrants (other than rights or warrants issued pursuant to a stockholders’ rights plan, a dividend reinvestment plan or share purchase plan or other similar plans) entitling them, for a period of up to 45 days from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants, to subscribe for or purchase the shares of Common Stock at less than the Current Market Price on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

OS₀ + Y

OS₀ + X

Where,
OS0 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution.
X =	the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights or warrants.
Y =	the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to

exercise such rights or warrants divided by the Current Market Price on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants.

For the purposes of this clause (iii), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Corporation. The Corporation shall not issue any such rights or warrants in respect of shares of the Common Stock acquired by the Corporation. In the event that such rights or warrants described in this clause (iii) are not so issued, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to issue such rights or warrants, to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such issuance had not been declared. To the extent that such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration or shares of Common Stock are otherwise not delivered pursuant to such rights or warrants upon the exercise of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price (but giving effect to any other adjustments that may have been made with respect to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Designations) that would then be in effect had the adjustment made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of the delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. In determining the aggregate offering price payable for such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received for such rights or warrants and the value of such consideration (if other than cash, to be determined in a reasonable manner by the Board of Directors).

(iv) Debt or Asset Distributions. If the Corporation distributes to all holders of shares of Common Stock evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock, securities, cash or other assets (excluding any dividend or distribution referred to in clause (i) above, any rights or warrants referred to in clause (iii) above, any dividend or distribution paid exclusively in cash, any consideration payable in connection with a tender or exchange offer made by the Corporation or any of its applicable subsidiaries, and any dividend of shares of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit in the case of certain spin-off transactions as described below), then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

SP0 – FMV

SP0

Where,
SP0 =	the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such date.
FMV =	the fair market value of the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of

Directors.

In a “spin-off”, where the Corporation makes a distribution to all holders of shares of Common Stock consisting of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests of, or relating to, a subsidiary or other business unit, the Conversion Price will be adjusted on the fifteenth Trading Day after the effective date of the distribution by multiplying such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such fifteenth Trading Day by the following fraction:

MP0

MP0 + MPs

Where,
MP0 =	the average of the Closing Prices of the Common Stock over the first ten Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day following the effective date of such distribution.
MPs =	the average of the Closing Prices of the capital stock or equity interests representing the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock over the first ten Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day following the effective date of such distribution, or, if not traded on a national or regional securities exchange or over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the capital stock or equity interests representing the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

In the event that such distribution described in this clause (iv) is not so paid or made, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay or make such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

(v) Cash Distributions. If the Corporation makes a distribution consisting exclusively of cash to all holders of the Common Stock, excluding, (a) any cash that is distributed in a Reorganization Event or as part of a “spin-off” referred to in clause (iv) above, (b) any dividend or distribution in connection with the Corporation’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and (c) any consideration payable in connection with a tender or exchange offer made by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, then in each event, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

  SP₀ – DIV  

SP₀

Where,
SP0 =	the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date.
DIV =	the amount per share of Common Stock of the cash distribution, as determined pursuant to the introduction to this paragraph (v).

In the event that any distribution described in this clause (v) is not so made, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay such distribution, to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared.

(vi) Self Tender Offers and Exchange Offers. If the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries successfully completes a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock where the cash and the value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the tender or exchange offer, then the Conversion Price in effect at the close of business on such immediately succeeding Trading Day will be multiplied by the following fraction:

        OS₀ × SP₀

AC + (SP₀ × OS¹)

Where,
SP0 =	the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the tender or exchange offer.
OS0 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the expiration of the tender or exchange offer, including any shares validly tendered and not withdrawn.
OS1 =	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the expiration of the tender or exchange offer, giving effect to consummation of the acquisition of all shares validly tendered or exchanged (and not withdrawn) in connection with such tender or exchange.

AC = the aggregate cash and fair market value of the other consideration payable in the tender or exchange offer, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

In the event that the Corporation, or one of its subsidiaries, is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Corporation, or such subsidiary, is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to be such Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made.

(vi) Rights Plans. To the extent that the Corporation has a rights plan in effect with respect to the Common Stock on the Mandatory Conversion Date, upon conversion of any shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, Holders will receive, in addition to the shares of Common Stock, the rights under the rights plan, unless, prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock, in which case the Conversion Price will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Corporation had made a distribution to all holders of the Common Stock as described in clause (iv) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

(b) Subject to the limitations set forth in the provisos to the first paragraph of Section 10(a), the Corporation may make such decreases in the Conversion Price, in addition to any other decreases required by this Section 10, if the Board of Directors deems it advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of the Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or issuance of rights or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes or for any other reason.

(c) (i) All adjustments to the Conversion Price shall be calculated to the nearest  ¹/ 10 of a cent. No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required if such adjustment would be less than $0.01; provided, that any adjustments which by reason of this subparagraph are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; provided further that on the Mandatory Conversion Date adjustments to the Conversion Price will be made with respect to any such adjustment carried forward and which has not been taken into account before such date.

(ii) No adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made if Holders may participate in the transaction that would otherwise give rise to an adjustment, as a result of holding the Series B Preferred Stock (including without limitation pursuant to Section 4 hereof), without having to convert the Series B Preferred Stock, as if they held the full number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of the Series B Preferred Stock may then be converted.

(iii) The Applicable Conversion Price shall not be adjusted:

(A) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Corporation’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any such plan;

(B) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or rights or warrants to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or

consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries;

(C) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the date shares of the Series B Preferred Stock were first issued and not substantially amended thereafter;

(D) for a change in the par value or no par value of Common Stock; or

(E) for accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock.

(d) Whenever the Conversion Price is to be adjusted in accordance with Section 10(a) or Section 10(b), the Corporation shall: (i) compute the Conversion Price in accordance with Section 10(a) or Section 10(b), taking into account the $0.01 threshold set forth in Section 10(c) hereof; (ii) as soon as practicable following the occurrence of an event that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10(a) or Section 10(b), taking into account the one percent threshold set forth in Section 10(c) hereof (or if the Corporation is not aware of such occurrence, as soon as practicable after becoming so aware), provide, or cause to be provided, a written notice to the Holders of the occurrence of such event; and (iii) as soon as practicable following the determination of the revised Conversion Price in accordance with Section 10(a) or Section 10(b) hereof, provide, or cause to be provided, a written notice to the Holders setting forth in reasonable detail the method by which the adjustment to the Conversion Price was determined and setting forth the revised Conversion Price.

Section 11. Reorganization Events. (a) In the event that, for so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding there occurs:

(i) any consolidation, merger or other similar business combination of the Corporation with or into another Person, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property of the Corporation or another Person;

(ii) any sale, transfer, lease or conveyance to another Person of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property of the Corporation or another Person;

(iii) any reclassification of the Common Stock into securities including securities other than the Common Stock; or

(iv) any statutory exchange of the outstanding shares of Common Stock for securities of another Person (other than in connection with a merger or acquisition);

(any such event specified in this Section 11(a), a “Reorganization Event”); then each share of such Holder’s Series B Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event shall remain outstanding but shall automatically convert, effective as of the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock of such Holder, into the type and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable in such Reorganization Event by the holder (excluding the counterparty to the Reorganization Event or an Affiliate of such counterparty) of the number of shares of Common Stock obtained by dividing (x) the Liquidation Preference, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, up to, but excluding such date, by (y) the Applicable Conversion Price as of such date

(such securities, cash and other property, the “Exchange Property”). In the event that a Reorganization Event referenced in Section 11(a) involves common stock as all or part of the consideration being offered in a fixed exchange ratio transaction, the fair market value per share of such common stock shall be determined by reference to the average of the closing prices of such common stock for the ten Trading Day period ending immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event.

(b) In the event that holders of the shares of Common Stock have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in such transaction, the consideration that the Holders are entitled to receive shall be deemed to be the types and amounts of consideration received by the majority of the holders of the shares of Common Stock that affirmatively make an election.

(c) The above provisions of this Section 11 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganization Events and the provisions of Section 10 shall apply to any shares of capital stock of the Corporation (or any successor) received by the holders of the Common Stock in any such Reorganization Event.

(d) The Corporation (or any successor) shall, within seven days of the consummation of any Reorganization Event, provide written notice to the Holders of such consummation of such event and of the kind and amount of the cash, securities or other property that constitutes the Exchange Property. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the operation of this Section 11.

(e) The Corporation shall not enter into any agreement for a transaction constituting a Reorganization Event unless such agreement provides for or does not interfere with or prevent (as applicable) conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock into the Exchange Property in a manner that is consistent with and gives effect to this Section 11.

Section 12. Voting Rights. (a) Holders will not have any voting rights, including the right to elect any directors, except (i) voting rights, if any, required by law, and (ii) voting rights, if any, described in this Section 12.

(b) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the vote or consent of the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating any of the following actions, whether or not such approval is required by Delaware law:

(i) any amendment, alteration or repeal (including by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (including this Certificate of Designations) or the Corporation’s bylaws that would alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely;

(ii) any amendment or alteration (including by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation to authorize, or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into shares of, any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock ranking senior to the Series B

Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; or

(iii) the consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series B Preferred Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another entity, except that the Holders will have no right to vote under this provision or under Delaware law if in each case (x) the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, is converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, that is an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and (y) such Series B Preferred Stock remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the Holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series B Preferred Stock, taken as a whole.

provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized preferred stock or any securities convertible into preferred stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any series of preferred stock or any securities convertible into preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon the Corporation’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up will not, in and of itself, be deemed to adversely affect rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock and, notwithstanding any provision of Delaware law, Holders will have no right to vote solely by reason of such an increase, creation or issuance.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders shall not have any voting rights if, at or prior to the effective time of the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have been converted into shares of Common Stock.

Section 13. Fractional Shares.

(a) No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued as a result of any conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

(b) In lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of any mandatory conversion pursuant to Section 8 hereof, the Corporation shall pay an amount in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to the same fraction of the Closing Price of the Common Stock determined as of the second Trading Day immediately preceding the Mandatory Conversion Date.

(c) If more than one share of the Series B Preferred Stock is surrendered for conversion at one time by or for the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock so surrendered.

Section 14. Reservation of Common Stock.

(a) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock or shares acquired by the Corporation, solely for issuance upon the conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as provided in this Certificate of Designations free from any preemptive or other similar rights, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. For purposes of this Section 14(a), the number of shares of Common Stock that shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single Holder.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be entitled to deliver upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as herein provided, shares of Common Stock acquired by the Corporation (in lieu of the issuance of authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock), so long as any such acquired shares are free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances.

(c) All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances.

(d) Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Corporation shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all federal and state laws and regulations thereunder requiring the registration of such securities with, or any approval of or consent to the delivery thereof by, any governmental authority.

(e) The Corporation hereby covenants and agrees that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market or any other national securities exchange or automated quotation system, the Corporation will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, all the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 15. Replacement Certificates.

(a) The Corporation shall replace any mutilated certificate at the Holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Corporation. The Corporation shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the Holder’s expense upon delivery to the Corporation of satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be required by the Corporation.

(b) The Corporation shall not be required to issue any certificates representing the Series B Preferred Stock on or after the Mandatory Conversion Date. In place of the delivery of a replacement certificate following the Mandatory Conversion Date, the Corporation, upon delivery of the evidence and indemnity described in clause (a) above, shall deliver the shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock formerly evidenced by the certificate.

Section 16. Miscellaneous.

(a) All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt thereof or three Business Days after the mailing thereof if sent by registered or certified mail (unless first-class mail shall be specifically permitted for such notice under the terms of this Certificate of Designations) with postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Corporation, to its office at 519 South New Hope Road, Gastonia, North Carolina 28054-4040, Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer, or (ii) if to any Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the stock record books of the Corporation, or (iii) to such other address as the Corporation or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given.

(b) The Corporation shall pay any and all stock transfer and documentary stamp taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or shares of Common Stock or other securities issued on account of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant hereto or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other securities in a name other than that in which the shares of Series B Preferred Stock with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment to any Person other than a payment to the registered holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(c) All payments on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be subject to withholding and backup withholding of tax to the extent required by applicable law, subject to applicable exemptions, and amounts withheld, if any, shall be treated as received by the holders thereof.

(d) No share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever under this Certificate of Designations as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated issued or granted.

(e) The shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.

(f) The Corporation covenants (1) not to treat the Series B Preferred Stock as preferred stock for purposes of Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

RESOLVED, that all actions taken by the officers and directors of the Corporation or any of them in connection with the foregoing resolutions through the date hereof be, and they hereby are, ratified and approved.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Citizens South Banking Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations to be signed by Kim S. Price its President and Chief Executive Officer this 16th day of March, 2010.

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Kim S. Price

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of March 10, 2010, by and among Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each purchaser identified on the signature pages hereto (each, including its successors and assigns, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”).

RECITALS

A. The Company and each Purchaser is executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act.

B. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, wishes to purchase, and the Company wishes to sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, (i) that aggregate number of shares of the Company’s mandatorily convertible cumulative non-voting perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 liquidation preference per share (the “Preferred Stock”), set forth below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement (which aggregate amount for all Purchasers together shall be 8,280 shares of Preferred Stock and shall be collectively referred to herein as the “Preferred Shares”), and (ii) that aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), set forth below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement (which aggregate amount for all Purchasers together shall be 1,490,400 shares of Common Stock and shall be collectively referred to herein as the “Common Shares” and together with the Preferred Shares, referred to as the “Shares”). When purchased, the Preferred Stock will have the terms set forth in a certificate of designations for the Preferred Stock in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “Certificate of Designations”) made a part of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, by the filing of the Certificate of Designations with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Secretary”). The Preferred Stock will be convertible into shares (the “Underlying Shares” and, together with the Shares, the “Securities”) of the Common Stock, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Certificate of Designations.

C. The Company has engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. as its exclusive placement agent (the “Placement Agent”) for the offering of the Securities.

D. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the parties hereto are executing and delivering a Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will agree to provide certain registration rights with respect to the Securities under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and applicable state securities laws.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Purchasers hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1:

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated in this Section 1.1:

“Action” means any action, suit, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding (including any partial proceeding such as a deposition) or investigation pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing against the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or any officer, director or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary acting in his or her capacity as an officer, director or employee before or by any federal, state, county, local or foreign court, arbitrator, governmental or administrative agency, regulatory authority, stock market, stock exchange or trading facility.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. With respect to a Purchaser, any investment fund or managed account that is managed on a discretionary basis by the same investment manager as such Purchaser will be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Purchaser.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

“Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City are open for the general transaction of business.

“Certificate of Designations” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Certificate of Incorporation” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and all amendments and certificates of determination thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Closing” means the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

“Closing Date” means the Trading Day when all of the Transaction Documents have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties thereto, and all of the conditions set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 5.1 and 5.2 hereof are satisfied, or such other date as the parties may agree.

“Commission” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Common Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals, and also includes any securities into which the Common Stock may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

“Company Counsel” means Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

“Company Deliverables” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

“Company Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(kk).

“Company’s Knowledge” means with respect to any statement made to the knowledge of the Company, that the statement is based upon the actual knowledge of the executive officers of the Company having responsibility for the matter or matters that are the subject of the statement after reasonable investigation.

2

“Control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” or “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Disclosure Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(h).

“Delaware Secretary” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the initial Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement is first declared effective by the Commission.

“Environmental Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(l).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

“GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, as applied by the Company.

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(b).

“Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(r).

“Lien” means any lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, security interest, right of first refusal, preemptive right or other restrictions of any kind.

“Material Adverse Effect” means any of (i) a material and adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, (ii) a material and adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, properties, business, condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) any adverse impairment to the Company’s ability to perform in any material respect on a timely basis its obligations under any Transaction Document; provided, that in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred, there shall be excluded any effect to the extent resulting from the following: (A) changes, after the date hereof, in U.S. GAAP or regulatory accounting principles generally applicable to banks, savings associations or their holding companies, (B) changes, after the date hereof, in applicable laws, rules and regulations or interpretations thereof by any court, administrative agency or other governmental authority, whether federal, state, local or foreign, or any applicable industry self-regulatory organization, (C) actions or omissions of the Company expressly required by the terms of this Agreement or taken with the prior written consent of Purchaser, (D) changes, after the date hereof, in general economic, monetary or financial conditions, including changes in prevailing interest rates, credit markets, secondary mortgage market conditions or housing price appreciation/depreciation trends, (E) changes in the market price or trading volumes of the Common Stock (but not the underlying causes of such changes), (F) changes in global or national political conditions, including the outbreak or escalation of war or acts of terrorism and (G) the public disclosure of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby; except, with respect to clauses (A), (B), (D) and (F), to the extent that the effects of such changes have a disproportionate effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other similarly situated banks, savings associations or their holding companies generally.

“Material Contract” means any contract of the Company that was filed as an exhibit to the SEC Reports pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

3

“Material Permits” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(p).

“North Carolina Courts” means the state and federal courts sitting in the State of North Carolina.

“OTS” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(kk).

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

“Placement Agent” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Principal Trading Market” means the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is primarily listed on and quoted for trading, which, as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, shall be the NASDAQ Global Market.

“Proceeding” means an action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.

“Purchase Price” means $1,000.00 per Preferred Share and $4.50 per Common Share.

“Purchaser Deliverables” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

“Purchaser Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(a).

“Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Registration Statement” means a registration statement meeting the requirements set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement and covering the resale by the Purchasers of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

“Regulation D” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Regulatory Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(mm).

“Required Approvals” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e).

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

“Scheduled Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.16.

“SEC Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(h).

“Secretary’s Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(v).

“Securities” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Shares” means the Common Shares and Preferred Shares.

“Stockholder Approval” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.

“Stockholder Proposal” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.

4

“Subscription Amount” means with respect to each Purchaser, the aggregate amount to be paid for the Shares purchased hereunder as indicated on such Purchaser’s signature page to this Agreement next to the heading “Aggregate Purchase Price (Subscription Amount)”.

“Subsidiary” means any entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns sufficient capital stock or holds a sufficient equity or similar interest such that it is consolidated with the Company in the financial statements of the Company.

“Trading Day” means (i) a day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its Principal Trading Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a Trading Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), a day on which the Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not quoted on any Trading Market, a day on which the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported in the “pink sheets” by Pink Sheets LLC (or any similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided , that in the event that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean a Business Day.

“Trading Market” means whichever of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE Amex, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Capital Market or the OTC Bulletin Board on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question.

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the schedules and exhibits attached hereto, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Certificate of Designations and any other documents or agreements executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

“Transfer Agent” means The Registrar and Trust Company, or any successor transfer agent for the Company.

“Underlying Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

ARTICLE 2:

PURCHASE AND SALE

2.1 Closing.

(a) Purchase of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing the Company shall issue and sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser shall, severally and not jointly, purchase from the Company, the number of Common Shares and Preferred Shares set forth below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement at a per Common Share price equal to the Purchase Price for a Common Share and Preferred Share price equal to the Purchase Price for a Preferred Share.

(b) Closing. The Closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place at the offices of DLA Piper LLP (US) 500 Eighth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20004, on the Closing Date or at such other locations or remotely by facsimile transmission or other electronic means as the parties may mutually agree. The “Closing Date” shall be March 19, 2010, unless the FDIC shall have notified the P&A Closing will not occur on March 19, 2010. In the event that the FDIC notifies the Company that the P&A Closing will not occur on March 19, 2010 (or any other Scheduled Date as contemplated by this paragraph), the Company will provide Purchaser notice thereof. Upon notice from the FDIC of a different Scheduled Date for the P&A Closing, the

5

Company shall promptly provide Purchaser notice thereof. Unless the FDIC shall have notified the Company that the P&A Closing will not occur on a particular Scheduled Date, then the “Closing Date” shall mean such Scheduled Date. The “Closing” means the transfer of funds and issuance of Securities as contemplated hereby.

(c) Form of Payment. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and a Purchaser (as to itself only), on the Closing Date, (1) the Company shall issue instructions to the Transfer Agent to issue, in book-entry form the number of Shares specified on such Purchaser’s signature page hereto (or, if the Company and Purchaser shall have agreed, as indicated on Purchaser’s signature page hereto, that Purchaser will receive Securities in certificated form, then the Company shall instead instruct the Transfer Agent to issue such specified Securities in certificated form (the “Stock Certificates”), or as otherwise set forth on the Stock Certificate Questionnaire included as Exhibit C-2 hereto) and (2) upon such book-entry issuance or receipt of Stock Certificates, as applicable, each Purchaser shall wire its Subscription Amount, in United States dollars and in immediately available funds, in accordance with the Company’s written wire transfer instructions.

2.2 Closing Deliveries.

(a) On or prior to the Closing, the Company shall issue, deliver or cause to be delivered to each Purchaser the following (the “Company Deliverables”):

(i) this Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

(ii) as the Company and such Purchaser agree, the Company shall cause the Transfer Agent to issue, in book-entry form the number of Shares specified on Purchaser’s signature page hereto (or, if the Company and Purchaser shall have agreed, as indicated on Purchaser’s signature pages hereto, that Purchaser will receive Stock Certificates for their Securities, then the Company shall instead instruct the Transfer Agent to issue such specified Stock Certificates registered in the name of such Purchaser or as otherwise set forth on the Stock Certificate Questionnaire);

(iii) a legal opinion of Company Counsel, dated as of the Closing Date and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, executed by such counsel and addressed to the Purchasers;

(iv) the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

(v) a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Secretary’s Certificate”), dated as of the Closing Date, (a) certifying the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof approving the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the issuance of the Securities, (b) certifying the current versions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and by-laws, as amended, of the Company and (c) certifying as to the signatures and authority of persons signing the Transaction Documents and related documents on behalf of the Company; and

(vi) the Compliance Certificate referred to in Section 5.1(g).

6

(b) Each Purchaser shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company the following (the “Purchaser Deliverables”):

(i) On or prior to the date hereof:

a) this Agreement, duly executed by such Purchaser;

b) the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by such Purchaser; and

c) a fully completed and duly executed Accredited Investor Questionnaire, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and Stock Certificate Questionnaire in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits C-1 and C-2, respectively.

(ii) On or prior to the Closing Date:

a) its Subscription Amount, in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds, in the amount indicated below such Purchaser’s name on the applicable signature page hereto under the heading “Aggregate Purchase Price (Subscription Amount)” by wire transfer in accordance with the Company’s written instructions;

ARTICLE 3:

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and the Closing Date (except for the representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be made as of such date), to each of the Purchasers that:

(a) Subsidiaries. The Company has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than CSBC Statutory Trust, Citizens South Bank and Citizens South Financial Services. The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock or comparable equity interests of each Subsidiary free and clear of any and all Liens, and all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or comparable equity interest of each Subsidiary are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities.

(b) Organization and Qualification. The Company and each of its “Significant Subsidiaries” (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) is an entity duly incorporated or otherwise organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization (as applicable), with the requisite power and authority to own or lease and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Neither the Company nor any Significant Subsidiary is in violation of any of the provisions of its respective articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, would not in the reasonable judgment of the Company be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is duly registered as a savings and loan holding company under the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended

7

(“HOLA”). Each of the Company’s depository institution Subsidiaries’ deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and all premiums and assessments required to be paid in connection therewith have been paid when due. The Company has conducted its business in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign laws, orders, judgments, decrees, rules, regulations and applicable stock exchange requirements, including all laws and regulations restricting activities of bank holding companies and banking organizations, except for any noncompliance that, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Authorization; Enforcement; Validity. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder, including, without limitation, to issue the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof and, subject to Stockholder Approval, to issue the Underlying Shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designations. The Company’s execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, but not limited to, the sale and delivery of the Shares and the Underlying Shares) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and no further corporate action is required by the Company, its Board of Directors or its stockholders in connection therewith other than in connection with the Required Approvals. Each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party has been (or upon delivery will have been) duly executed by the Company and is, or when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law. Except for Material Contracts, there are no stockholder agreements, voting agreements, or other similar arrangements with respect to the Company’s capital stock to which the Company is a party or, to the Company’s Knowledge, between or among any of the Company’s stockholders.

(d) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Shares and the Underlying Shares) do not and will not (i) conflict with or violate any provisions of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or otherwise result in a violation of the organizational documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would result in a default) under, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any Material Contract, or (iii) subject to the Required Approvals, conflict with or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or governmental authority to which the Company is subject (including federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules and regulations, assuming the correctness of the representations and warranties made by the Purchasers herein, of any self-regulatory organization to which the Company or its securities are subject, including all

8

applicable Trading Markets), or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) such as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Filings, Consents and Approvals. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Shares and the Underlying Shares), other than (i) obtaining Stockholder Approval to issue the Underlying Shares in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Designations, (ii) the filing of the Certificate of Designations with the Delaware Secretary, (iii) the filing with the Commission of one or more Registration Statements in accordance with the requirements of the Registration Rights Agreement, (iv) filings required by applicable state securities laws, (v) the filing of a Notice of Sale of Securities on Form D with the Commission under Regulation D of the Securities Act, (vi) the filing of any requisite notices and/or application(s) to the Principal Trading Market for the issuance and sale of the Common Shares and the Underlying Shares and the listing of the Common Shares and the Underlying Shares for trading or quotation, as the case may be, thereon in the time and manner required thereby, (vii) the filings required in accordance with Section 4.6 of this Agreement and (viii) those that have been made or obtained prior to the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Required Approvals”).

(f) Issuance of the Shares. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and the Shares, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of all Liens, other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents or imposed by applicable securities laws, and shall not be subject to preemptive or similar rights. The issuance of the Underlying Shares has been duly authorized and the Underlying Shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Designations, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of all Liens, other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents or imposed by applicable securities laws, and shall not be subject to preemptive or similar rights. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers in this Agreement, the Securities will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(g) Capitalization. The number of shares and type of all authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock, options and other securities of the Company (whether or not presently convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company) has been set forth in the SEC Reports and has changed since the date of such SEC Reports only due to stock grants or other equity awards or stock option and warrant exercises that do not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on the issued and outstanding capital stock, options and other securities. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and none of such outstanding shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase any capital stock of the Company. Except as specified in the SEC Reports: (i) no shares of the Company’s outstanding capital stock are subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights; (ii) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock of the Company, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever

9

relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock of the Company, other than those issued or granted pursuant to Material Contracts or equity or incentive plans or arrangements described in the SEC Reports; (iii) there are no material outstanding debt securities, notes, credit agreements, credit facilities or other agreements, documents or instruments evidencing indebtedness of the Company or by which the Company is bound; (iv) except for the Registration Rights Agreement and the “Existing Contracts” referenced therein, there are no agreements or arrangements under which the Company is obligated to register the sale of any of its securities under the Securities Act; (v) there are no outstanding securities or instruments of the Company that contain any redemption or similar provisions, and there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company is or may become bound to redeem a security of the Company; (vi) the Company does not have any stock appreciation rights or “phantom stock” plans or agreements or any similar plan or agreement; and (vii) the Company has no liabilities or obligations required to be disclosed in the SEC Reports but not so disclosed in the SEC Reports, which, individually or in the aggregate, will have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no securities or instruments containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered by the issuance of the Securities.

(h) SEC Reports; Disclosure Materials. The Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act, including pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) thereof, since January 1, 2009 (the foregoing materials, including the exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein, being collectively referred to herein as the “SEC Reports” and together with this Agreement and the Schedules to this Agreement, the “Disclosure Materials”), on a timely basis or has received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such SEC Reports prior to the expiration of any such extension. As of their respective filing dates, the SEC Reports complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, and none of the SEC Reports, when filed, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(i) Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, year-end audit adjustments, which would not be material, either individually or in the aggregate.

10

(j) Tax Matters. The Company (i) has prepared and filed all foreign, federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject, (ii) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith, with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on the books of the Company and (iii) has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, where the failure to so pay or file any such tax, assessment, charge or return would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Material Changes. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the SEC Reports, except as disclosed in subsequent SEC Reports filed prior to the date hereof or as furnished in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2010, (i) there have been no events, occurrences or developments that have had or would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the Company’s financial statements pursuant to GAAP or required to be disclosed in filings made with the Commission, (iii) the Company has not altered materially its method of accounting or the manner in which it keeps its accounting books and records, (iv) the Company has not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock (other than in connection with repurchases of unvested stock issued to employees of the Company), (v) the Company has not issued any equity securities to any officer, director or Affiliate, except Common Stock issued pursuant to existing Company stock option or stock purchase plans or executive and director arrangements disclosed in the SEC Reports and (vi) there has not been any material change or amendment to, or any waiver of any material right by the Company under, any Material Contract under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or subject. Except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, no event, liability or development has occurred or exists with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective business, properties, operations or financial condition that would be required to be disclosed by the Company under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made that has not been publicly disclosed at least one Trading Day prior to the date that this representation is made.

(l) Environmental Matters. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is in violation of any statute, rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (ii) owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is in violation of any Environmental Laws, (iii) is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or (iv) is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws; in each case, which violation, contamination, liability or claim has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no pending or threatened investigation that might lead to such a claim.

11

(m) Litigation. There is no Action which (i) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the issuance of the Shares or (ii) except as disclosed in the SEC Reports, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate, if there were an unfavorable decision. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof, is or has been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the Company’s knowledge there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the Commission involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company. The Commission has not issued any stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement filed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

(n) Employment Matters. No material labor dispute exists or, to the Company’s Knowledge, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Company which would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company’s employees is a member of a union that relates to such employee’s relationship with the Company, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and the Company and each Subsidiary believes that its relationship with its employees is good. To the Company’s Knowledge, no executive officer is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement or non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant in favor of a third party, and to the Company’s Knowledge, the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any Subsidiary to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. The Company is in compliance with all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Compliance. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is in default under or in violation of (and no event has occurred that has not been waived that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would result in a default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under), nor has the Company or any of its Subsidiaries received written notice of a claim that it is in default under or that it is in violation of, any Material Contract (whether or not such default or violation has been waived), (ii) is in violation of any order of which the Company has been made aware in writing of any court, arbitrator or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or its properties or assets, or (iii) is in violation of, or in receipt of written notice that it is in violation of, any statute, rule or regulation of any governmental authority applicable to the Company, or which would have the effect of revoking or limiting FDIC deposit insurance, except in each case as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) Regulatory Permits. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries possess or have applied for all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted and as described in the SEC Reports, except where the failure to possess such permits, individually or in the aggregate, has not and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (“Material Permits”), and (i) neither the Company

12

nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice in writing of proceedings relating to the revocation or material adverse modification of any such Material Permits and (ii) the Company is unaware of any facts or circumstances that would give rise to the revocation or material adverse modification of any Material Permits.

(q) Title to Assets. The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property and tangible personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all Liens except such as do not materially affect the value of such property or do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and any of its Subsidiaries. Any real property and facilities held under lease by the Company and any of its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(r) Patents and Trademarks. The Company and its Subsidiaries own, possess, license or have other rights to use all foreign and domestic patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, inventions, trade secrets, technology, Internet domain names, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the SEC Reports except where the failure to own, possess, license or have such rights would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the SEC Reports and except where such violations or infringements would not have or reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no rights of third parties to any such Intellectual Property; (b) there is no infringement by third parties of any such Intellectual Property; (c) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ rights in or to any such Intellectual Property; (d) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property; and (e) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company and/or any Subsidiary infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others.

(s) Insurance. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company believes to be prudent and customary in the businesses and locations in which the Company and the Subsidiaries are engaged. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation of any such insurance, nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, will it or any Subsidiary be unable to renew their respective existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(t) Transactions With Affiliates and Employees. Except as set forth in the SEC Reports and other than the grant of stock options or other equity awards that are not individually or in the aggregate material in amount, none of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, none of the employees of the Company, is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or to a presently contemplated transaction (other than for services as

13

employees, officers and directors) that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act.

(u) Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Except as set forth in the SEC Reports, the Company maintains internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and such internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the date of the most recent SEC Report.

(v) Sarbanes-Oxley; Disclosure Controls. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which are applicable to it. Except as disclosed in the SEC Reports, the Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(w) Certain Fees. No person or entity will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company or a Purchaser for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Company, other than the Placement Agent with respect to the offer and sale of the Shares (which placement agent fees are being paid by the Company). The Company shall indemnify, pay, and hold each Purchaser harmless against, any liability, loss or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket expenses) arising in connection with any such right, interest or claim.

(x) Private Placement. Assuming the accuracy of the Purchasers’ representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement and the accuracy of the information disclosed in the Accredited Investor Questionnaires, no registration under the Securities Act is required for the offer and sale of the Shares by the Company to the Purchasers under the Transaction Documents. The issuance and sale of the Shares hereunder does not contravene the rules and regulations of the Principal Trading Market and, upon Stockholder Approval, the issuance of the Underlying Shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designations will not contravene the rules and regulations of the Principal Trading Market.

(y) Registration Rights. Other than each of the Purchasers, except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(y), no Person has any right to cause the Company to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company other than those securities which are currently registered on an effective registration statement on file with the Commission.

(z) Listing and Maintenance Requirements. The Company’s Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, and the Company has taken no action designed to terminate the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration. The Company has not, in the 12 months preceding the date hereof, received written notice from any Trading Market on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted to the effect that the Company is not in compliance with the listing or maintenance requirements of such Trading Market. The Company is, and has no reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance in all material respects with the listing and maintenance requirements for continued trading of the Common Stock on the Principal Trading Market.

14

(aa) Investment Company. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is required to be registered as, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately following the Closing will not be required to register as, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(bb) Questionable Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s Knowledge, any directors, officers, employees, agents or other Persons acting at the direction of or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company: (a) directly or indirectly, used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to foreign or domestic political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payments to any foreign or domestic governmental officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; (c) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or (d) made any other unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other material unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

(cc) Application of Takeover Protections; Rights Agreements. The Company has not adopted any stockholder rights plan or similar arrangement relating to accumulations of beneficial ownership of Common Stock or a change in control of the Company. The Company and its board of directors have taken all necessary action, if any, in order to render inapplicable any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or other organizational documents or the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or otherwise which is or could become applicable to any Purchaser solely as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Company’s issuance of the Securities and any Purchaser’s ownership of the Securities.

(dd) Disclosure. The Company confirms that neither it nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any of its officers or directors nor any other Person acting on its or their behalf has provided, and it has not authorized the Placement Agent to provide, any Purchaser or its respective agents or counsel with any information that it believes constitutes or could reasonably be expected to constitute material, non-public information except insofar as the existence, provisions and terms of the Transaction Documents and the proposed transactions hereunder may constitute such information, all of which will be disclosed by the Company in the Press Release as contemplated by Section 4.6 hereof. The Company understands and confirms that each of the Purchasers will rely on the representations in this Section 3.1(dd) in effecting transactions in securities of the Company. No event or circumstance has occurred or information exists with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their business, properties, operations or financial conditions, which, under applicable law, rule or regulation, requires public disclosure or announcement by the Company but which has not been so publicly announced or disclosed, except for the announcement of this Agreement and related transactions and as may be disclosed on the Form 8-K filed pursuant to Section 4.6.

(ee) Off Balance Sheet Arrangements. There is no transaction, arrangement, or other relationship between the Company (or any Subsidiary) and an unconsolidated or other off balance sheet entity that is required to be disclosed by the Company in its Exchange Act filings and is not so disclosed and would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

15

(ff) Acknowledgment Regarding Purchasers’ Purchase of Shares. The Company acknowledges and agrees that each of the Purchasers is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company further acknowledges that no Purchaser is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and any advice given by any Purchaser or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby is merely incidental to the Purchasers’ purchase of the Shares.

(gg) Absence of Manipulation. The Company has not, and to the Company’s Knowledge no one acting on its behalf has, taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities.

(hh) OFAC. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate or Person acting on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not knowingly directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person or entity, towards any sales or operations in Cuba, Iran, Syria, Sudan, Myanmar or any other country sanctioned by OFAC or for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(ii) Money Laundering Laws. The operations of each of the Company and any Subsidiary are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the money laundering statutes of applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any applicable governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and to the Company’s Knowledge, no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company and/or any Subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or threatened.

(jj) No Additional Agreements. The Company does not have any agreement or understanding with any Purchaser with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents other than as specified in the Transaction Documents.

(kk) Reports, Registrations and Statements. Since December 31, 2008, the Company and each Subsidiary have filed all material reports, registrations and statements, together with any required amendments thereto, that it was required to file with Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”), FDIC, and any other applicable federal or state securities or banking authorities, except where the failure to file any such report, registration or statement would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such reports and statements filed with any such regulatory body or authority are collectively referred to herein as the “Company Reports.” As of their respective dates, the Company Reports complied as to form in all material respects with all the rules and regulations promulgated by the OTS, the FDIC and any other applicable foreign, federal or state securities or banking authorities, as the case may be.

16

(ll) Adequate Capitalization. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s Subsidiary insured depository institutions meet or exceed the standards necessary to be considered “adequately capitalized” under the Federal Deposit Insurance Company’s regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.

(mm) Agreements with Regulatory Agencies; Compliance with Certain Banking Regulations. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to any cease-and-desist or other similar order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any capital directive by, or since December 31, 2007, has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any governmental entity that currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of its business or that in any material manner relates to its capital adequacy, its liquidity and funding policies and practices, its ability to pay dividends, its credit, risk management or compliance policies, its internal controls, its management or its operations or business (each item in this sentence, a “Regulatory Agreement”), nor has the Company or any Subsidiary been advised since December 31, 2008 by any governmental entity that it is considering issuing, initiating, ordering, or requesting any such Regulatory Agreement.

The Company has no knowledge of any facts and circumstances, and has no reason to believe that any facts or circumstances exist, that would cause any of its Subsidiary banking institutions: (i) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder or to be assigned a CRA rating by federal or state banking regulators of lower than “satisfactory”; (ii) to be deemed to be operating in violation, in any material respect, of the Bank Secrecy Act, the Patriot Act, any order issued with respect to anti-money laundering by OFAC, or any other anti-money laundering statute, rule or regulation; or (iii) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance, in any material respect, with all applicable privacy of customer information requirements contained in any federal and state privacy laws and regulations as well as the provisions of all information security programs adopted by the Subsidiaries.

Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company and each Subsidiary has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as a trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents, applicable federal and state law and regulation and common law. None of the Company, any Subsidiary or any director, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary has committed any breach of trust or fiduciary duty with respect to any such fiduciary account that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account.

(nn) No General Solicitation or General Advertising. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any person acting on its behalf has engaged or will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in connection with any offer or sale of the Shares.

17

(oo) Mortgage Banking Business. Except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has complied with, and all documentation in connection with the origination, processing, underwriting and credit approval of any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries satisfied, (A) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations with respect to the origination, insuring, purchase, sale, pooling, servicing, subservicing, or filing of claims in connection with mortgage loans, including all laws relating to real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, truth in lending laws, usury limitations, fair housing, transfers of servicing, collection practices, equal credit opportunity and adjustable rate mortgages, (B) the responsibilities and obligations relating to mortgage loans set forth in any agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer, (C) the applicable rules, regulations, guidelines, handbooks and other requirements of any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer and (D) the terms and provisions of any mortgage or other collateral documents and other loan documents with respect to each mortgage loan; and

(ii) No Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer has (A) claimed in writing that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has violated or has not complied with the applicable underwriting standards with respect to mortgage loans sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a Loan Investor or Agency, or with respect to any sale of mortgage servicing rights to a Loan Investor, (B) imposed in writing restrictions on the activities (including commitment authority) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (C) indicated in writing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that it has terminated or intends to terminate its relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for poor performance, poor loan quality or concern with respect to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ compliance with laws,

For purposes of this Section 3(oo): (A) “Agency” means the Federal Housing Administration, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Farmers Home Administration (now known as Rural Housing and Community Development Services), the Federal National Mortgage Association, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other federal or state agency with authority to (i) determine any investment, origination, lending or servicing requirements with regard to mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) originate, purchase, or service mortgage loans, or otherwise promote mortgage lending, including state and local housing finance authorities; (B) “Loan Investor” means any person (including an Agency) having a beneficial interest in any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a security backed by or representing an interest in any such mortgage loan; and (C) “Insurer” means a person who insures or guarantees for the benefit of the mortgagee all or any portion of the risk of loss upon borrower default on any of the mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and any private mortgage insurer, and providers of hazard, title or other insurance with respect to such mortgage loans or the related collateral.

(pp) Risk Management Instruments. Except as has not had or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2009, all material derivative instruments, including, swaps, caps, floors and option agreements, whether entered into

18

for the Company’s own account, or for the account of one or more of the Company Subsidiaries, were entered into (1) only in the ordinary course of business, (2) in accordance with prudent practices and in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and regulatory policies and (3) with counterparties believed to be financially responsible at the time; and each of them constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company or one of the Company Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Neither the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in breach of any of its material obligations under any such agreement or arrangement.

(qq) ERISA. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (herein called “ERISA”); no “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company would have any liability; the Company has not incurred and does not expect to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan”; or (ii) Sections 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”); and each “Pension Plan” for which the Company would have liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

(rr) Shell Company Status. The Company is not, and has never been, an issuer identified in Rule 144(i)(1).

(ss) Reservation of Underlying Shares. The Company has reserved, and will continue to reserve, free of any preemptive or similar rights of stockholders of the Company, a number of unissued shares of Common Stock, sufficient to issue and deliver the Underlying Shares into which the Preferred Shares are convertible, assuming Stockholder Approval has been obtained.

3.2 Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers. Each Purchaser hereby, for itself and for no other Purchaser, represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date to the Company as follows:

(a) Organization; Authority. If such Purchaser is an entity, it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with the requisite corporate or partnership power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the applicable Transaction Documents and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. If such purchaser is an entity, the execution, delivery and performance by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or, if such Purchaser is not a corporation, such partnership, limited liability company or other applicable like action, on the part of such Purchaser. If such Purchaser is an entity, each of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly executed by such Purchaser, and when delivered by such Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or

19

affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.

(b) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by such Purchaser of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) result in a violation of the organizational documents of such Purchaser (if such Purchaser is an entity), (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such Purchaser is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws) applicable to such Purchaser, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Purchaser to perform its obligations hereunder.

(c) Investment Intent. Such Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” and have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law and is acquiring the Shares as principal for its own account and not with a view to, or for distributing or reselling such Shares or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, provided, that by making the representations herein, other than as set forth herein, such Purchaser does not agree to hold any of the Shares for any minimum period of time and reserves the right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or under an exemption from such registration and in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. Such Purchaser is acquiring the Shares hereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Such Purchaser does not presently have any agreement, plan or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any Person to distribute or effect any distribution of any of the Securities (or any securities which are derivatives thereof) to or through any person or entity.

(d) Purchaser Status. At the time such Purchaser was offered the Shares, it was, and at the date hereof it is, an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

(e) General Solicitation. Such Purchaser is not purchasing the Shares as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding the Shares published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or presented at any seminar or any other general advertisement.

(f) Experience of Such Purchaser. Such Purchaser, either alone or together with its representatives, has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Shares, and has so evaluated the merits and risks of such investment. Such Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Shares and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.

(g) Access to Information. Such Purchaser acknowledges that it has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the offering

20

of the Shares and the merits and risks of investing in the Shares; (ii) access to information about the Company and the Subsidiaries and their respective financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment; (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the investment; and (iv) the opportunity to ask questions of management. Neither such inquiries nor any other investigation conducted by or on behalf of such Purchaser or its representatives or counsel shall modify, amend or affect such Purchaser’s right to rely on the truth, accuracy and completeness of the Company’s representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents. Such Purchaser has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed decision with respect to its acquisition of the Shares.

(h) Brokers and Finders. Other than the Placement Agent with respect to the Company, no Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company or any Purchaser for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that it is purchasing the Shares directly from the Company and not from the Placement Agent.

(i) Independent Investment Decision. Such Purchaser has independently evaluated the merits of its decision to purchase Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents, and such Purchaser confirms that it has not relied on the advice of any other Purchaser’s business and/or legal counsel in making such decision. Such Purchaser understands that nothing in this Agreement or any other materials presented by or on behalf of the Company to the Purchaser in connection with the purchase of the Shares constitutes legal, tax or investment advice. Such Purchaser has consulted such legal, tax and investment advisors as it, in its sole discretion, has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with its purchase of the Shares. Such Purchaser understands that the Placement Agent has acted solely as the agent of the Company in this placement of the Shares and such Purchaser has not relied on the business or legal advice of the Placement Agent or any of its agents, counsel or Affiliates in making its investment decision hereunder, and confirms that none of such Persons has made any representations or warranties to such Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

(j) Reliance on Exemptions. Such Purchaser understands that the Shares being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of U.S. federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and such Purchaser’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgements and understandings of such Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Purchaser to acquire the Shares.

(k) No Governmental Review. Such Purchaser understands that no U.S. federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Shares or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Shares nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Shares.

(l) Residency. Such Purchaser’s residence (if an individual) or office in which its investment decision with respect to the Shares was made (if an entity) are located at the address immediately below such Purchaser’s name on its signature page hereto.

21

(m) Trading. Purchaser acknowledges that there is no trading market for the Preferred Stock, and no such market is expected to develop.

(n) Knowledge as to Conditions. Purchaser does not know of any reason why any regulatory approvals and, to the extent necessary, any other approvals, authorizations, filings, registrations, and notices required or otherwise a condition to the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not be obtained.

The Company and each of the Purchasers acknowledge and agree that no party to this Agreement has made or makes any representations or warranties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby other than those specifically set forth in this Article III and the Transaction Documents.

ARTICLE 4:

OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

4.1 Transfer Restrictions.

(a) Compliance with Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV, each Purchaser covenants that the Securities may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement under, and in compliance with the requirements of, the Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable state, federal or foreign securities laws. In connection with any transfer of the Securities other than (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement, (ii) to the Company or (iii) pursuant to Rule 144 (provided that the transferor provides the Company with reasonable assurances (in the form of seller and broker representation letters) that such securities may be sold pursuant to such rule), the Company may require the transferor thereof to provide to the Company and the Transfer Agent, at the transferor’s expense, an opinion of counsel selected by the transferor and reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Transfer Agent, the form and substance of which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Transfer Agent, to the effect that such transfer does not require registration of such transferred Securities under the Securities Act. As a condition of transfer (other than pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding sentence), any such transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and shall have the rights of a Purchaser under this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to such transferred Securities.

(b) Legends. Certificates evidencing the Securities shall bear any legend as required by the “blue sky” laws of any state and a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and, with respect to Securities held in book-entry form, the Transfer Agent will record such a legend on the share register), until such time as they are not required under Section 4.1(c) or applicable law:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO,

22

THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR BLUE SKY LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS TRANSFER AGENT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT (PROVIDED THAT THE TRANSFEROR PROVIDES THE COMPANY WITH REASONABLE ASSURANCES (IN THE FORM OF SELLER AND BROKER REPRESENTATION LETTERS) THAT THE SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD PURSUANT TO SUCH RULE). NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE BY THE ISSUER AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT FOR RESALES OF THESE SECURITIES.

(c) Removal of Legends. The restrictive legend set forth in Section 4.1(b) above shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such restrictive legend or any other restrictive legend to the holder of the applicable Securities upon which it is stamped or issue to such holder by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at DTC, if (i) such Securities are registered for resale under the Securities Act, (ii) such Securities are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 (if the transferor is not an Affiliate of the Company), or (iii) such Securities are eligible for sale under Rule 144, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable) as to such securities and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions. Following the earlier of (i) the Effective Date or (ii) Rule 144 becoming available for the resale of Securities, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable) as to the Securities and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions, the Company shall instruct the Transfer Agent to remove the legend from the Securities and shall cause its counsel to issue any legend removal opinion required by the Transfer Agent. Any fees (with respect to the Transfer Agent, Company counsel or otherwise) associated with the issuance of such opinion or the removal of such legend shall be borne by the Company. If a legend is no longer required pursuant to the foregoing, the Company will no later than three (3) Trading Days following the delivery by a Purchaser to the Company or the Transfer Agent (with notice to the Company) of a legended certificate or instrument representing such Securities (endorsed or with stock powers attached, signatures guaranteed, and otherwise in form necessary to affect the reissuance and/or transfer) and a representation letter to the extent required by Section 4.1(a), (such third Trading Day, the “Legend Removal Date”) deliver or cause to be delivered to such Purchaser a certificate or instrument (as the case may be) representing such Securities that is free from all restrictive legends. The Company may not make any notation on its records or give instructions to the Transfer Agent that enlarge the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 4.1(c). Certificates for Securities free from all restrictive legends may be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Purchasers by crediting the account of the Purchaser’s prime broker with DTC as directed by such Purchaser.

(d) Acknowledgement. Each Purchaser hereunder acknowledges its primary responsibilities under the Securities Act and accordingly will not sell or otherwise transfer the Securities or any interest therein without complying with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Except as otherwise provided below, while the above-

23

referenced registration statement remains effective, each Purchaser hereunder may sell the Securities in accordance with the plan of distribution contained in the registration statement and if it does so it will comply therewith and with the related prospectus delivery requirements unless an exemption therefrom is available or unless the Securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly with the other Purchasers, agrees that if it is notified by the Company in writing at any time that the registration statement registering the resale of the Securities is not effective or that the prospectus included in such registration statement no longer complies with the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act, the Purchaser will refrain from selling such Securities until such time as the Purchaser is notified by the Company that such registration statement is effective or such prospectus is compliant with Section 10 of the Exchange Act, unless such Purchaser is able to, and does, sell such Securities pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act.

4.2 Acknowledgment of Dilution. The Company acknowledges that the issuance of the Securities may result in dilution of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Company further acknowledges that its obligations under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation its obligation to issue the Securities pursuant to the Transaction Documents, are unconditional and absolute and not subject to any right of set off, counterclaim, delay or reduction, regardless of the effect of any such dilution or any claim the Company may have against any Purchaser and regardless of the dilutive effect that such issuance may have on the ownership of the other stockholders of the Company.

4.3 Furnishing of Information. In order to enable the Purchasers to sell the Securities under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, for a period of one year from the Closing, the Company shall maintain the registration of the Common Stock under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act and to timely file (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to the Exchange Act. During such one year period, if the Company is not required to file reports pursuant to such laws, it will prepare and furnish to the Purchasers and make publicly available the information described in Rule 144(c)(2), if the provision of such information will allow resales of the Securities pursuant to Rule 144.

4.4 Form D and Blue Sky. The Company agrees to timely file a Form D with respect to the Shares as required under Regulation D. The Company, on or before the Closing Date, shall take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption for or to qualify the Shares for sale to the Purchasers at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification). The Company shall make all filings and reports relating to the offer and sale of the Shares required under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States following the Closing Date.

4.5 No Integration. The Company shall not, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that no Affiliate of the Company shall, sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in Section 2 of the Securities Act) that will be integrated with the offer or sale of the Shares in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the sale of the Shares to the Purchasers.

24

4.6 Securities Laws Disclosure; Publicity. By 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date, the Company shall issue one or more press releases (collectively, the “Press Release”) reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers disclosing all material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby and any other material, nonpublic information that the Company may have provided any Purchaser at any time prior to the filing of the Press Release. On or before 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on the fourth Trading Day immediately following the Closing Date, the Company will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission describing the terms of the Transaction Documents (and including as exhibits to such Current Report on Form 8-K the material Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Certificate of Designations)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not publicly disclose the name of any Purchaser or any Affiliate or investment adviser of any Purchaser, or include the name of any Purchaser or any Affiliate or investment adviser of any Purchaser in any press release or filing with the Commission (other than the Registration Statement) or Trading Market, without the prior written consent of such Purchaser, except (i) as required by federal securities law in connection with (A) any registration statement contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and (B) the filing of final Transaction Documents with the Commission, (ii) to the extent such disclosure is required by law, at the request of the Staff of the Commission or Trading Market regulations, in which case the Company shall provide the Purchasers with prior written notice of such disclosure permitted under this subclause (ii) and (iii) to the FDIC and the OTS in connection with its bid for the Failed Bank. From and after the issuance of the Press Release, no Purchaser shall be in possession of any material, non-public information received from the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective officers, directors or employees, that is not disclosed in the Press Release. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly with the other Purchasers, covenants that until such time as the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are publicly disclosed by the Company as described in this Section 4.6, such Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of all disclosures made to it in connection with this transaction (including the existence and terms of this transaction).

4.7 Non-Public Information. Except with the express written consent of such Purchaser and unless prior thereto such Purchaser shall have executed a written agreement regarding the confidentiality and use of such information, the Company shall not, and shall cause each Subsidiary and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, not to, and each Purchaser shall not directly solicit the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents to provide any Purchaser with any material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from and after the filing of the Press Release.

4.8 Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification of Purchasers. In addition to the indemnity provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will indemnify and hold each Purchaser and its directors, officers, stockholders, members, partners, employees and agents (and any other Persons with a functionally equivalent role of a Person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title), each Person who controls such Purchaser (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, stockholders, agents, members, partners or employees (and any other Persons with a functionally equivalent role of a Person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title) of such controlling person (each, a “Purchaser Party”) harmless from any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, claims, contingencies, damages, costs and expenses, including all judgments, amounts

25

paid in settlements, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation that any such Purchaser Party may suffer or incur as a result of (i) any breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by the Company in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents or (ii) any action instituted against a Purchaser Party in any capacity, or any of them or their respective affiliates, by any stockholder of the Company who is not an affiliate of such Purchaser Party, with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company will not be liable to any Purchaser Party under this Agreement to the extent, but only to the extent that a loss, claim, damage or liability is attributable to any Purchaser Party’s breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by such Purchaser Party in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents or attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Purchaser Party.

(b) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Promptly after receipt by any Person (the “Indemnified Person”) of notice of any demand, claim or circumstances which would or might give rise to a claim or the commencement of any action, proceeding or investigation in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.8(a), such Indemnified Person shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; provided, that the failure of any Indemnified Person so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Company is actually and materially and adversely prejudiced by such failure to notify. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless: (i) the Company and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel; (ii) the Company shall have failed promptly to assume the defense of such proceeding and to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such proceeding; or (iii) in the reasonable judgment of counsel to such Indemnified Person, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them; provided, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all Indemnified Parties. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Person, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, the Company shall not effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

4.9 Listing of Common Stock. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list the Underlying Shares for quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market and maintain the listing of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ Global Market.

4.10 Use of Proceeds. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares hereunder for the purpose of increasing its capital and for general corporate purposes.

4.11 Stockholders Meeting. The Company shall call a special meeting of its stockholders or present the proposal at its next annual meeting of stockholders, as promptly as practicable

26

following the Closing, but in no event later than 75 days after the Closing, to vote on a proposal (the “Stockholder Proposal”) to approve the conversion of the Preferred Shares into Common Stock for purposes of Rule 5635 of the NASDAQ Listing Rules (such approval of the Stockholder Proposal, “Stockholder Approval”). The Board of Directors of the Company shall recommend to the Company’s shareholders that such shareholders vote in favor of the Stockholder Proposal. In connection with such meeting, the Company shall promptly prepare and file (but in no event more than 15 Business Days after the Closing Date) with the Commission a preliminary proxy statement, shall use its reasonable best efforts to respond to any comments of the Commission or its staff and to cause a definitive proxy statement related to such shareholders’ meeting to be mailed to the Company’s shareholders not more than 10 Business Days after clearance thereof by the Commission, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to solicit proxies for such Stockholder Approval. The Company shall notify Purchaser promptly of the receipt of any comments from the SEC or its staff with respect to the proxy statement and of any request by the SEC or its staff for amendments or supplements to such proxy statement or for additional information (but the Company shall not provide any Purchaser with any material, nonpublic information, unless requested by such Purchaser and pursuant to a written agreement regarding the confidentiality and use of such information). If at any time prior to such shareholders’ meeting there shall occur any event that is required to be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the proxy statement, the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and mail to its shareholders such an amendment or supplement. In the event that Stockholder Approval is not obtained at such special shareholders meeting, the Company shall include a proposal to approve (and the Board of Directors shall recommend approval of) such proposal at a meeting of its shareholders to be held no less than once in each subsequent six-month period beginning on the date of such special shareholders meeting until such approval is obtained. The Company and each Purchaser agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Common Shares purchased hereby are not counted as votes cast in favor of the Stockholder Proposal at the first meeting of stockholders of the Company where the Stockholder Proposal is presented to stockholders for approval.

4.12 Limitation on Beneficial Ownership. No Purchaser (and its Affiliates or any other Persons with which it is acting in concert) will be entitled to purchase a number of Shares that would result in such Purchaser becoming, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner (as determined under Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 9.9% of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.

4.13 Rule 155(c) of the Securities Act. The Company hereby discloses to Purchaser and Purchaser hereby acknowledges that:

(a) The Securities sold under this Agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act;

(b) The Securities will be “restricted securities” (as that term is defined in Rule 144(a)(3) of the Securities Act) and may not be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available;

(c) An Investor does not have the protection of Section 11 of the Securities Act with respect to its purchase of Securities hereunder; and

27

(d) On October 15, 2009, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC (No. 333-162517). The Company subsequently filed a request to withdraw the Registration Statement with the SEC on October 28, 2009.

ARTICLE 5:

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING

5.1 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the Purchasers to Purchase Shares. The obligation of each Purchaser to acquire Shares at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by such Purchaser (as to itself only):

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of such date, except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date.

(b) Performance. The Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing.

(c) No Injunction. No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction that prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

(d) Consents. The Company shall have obtained in a timely fashion any and all consents, permits, approvals, registrations and waivers necessary for consummation of the purchase and sale of the Shares (including all Required Approvals), all of which shall be and remain so long as necessary in full force and effect.

(e) Company Deliverables. The Company shall have delivered the Company Deliverables in accordance with Section 2.2(a).

(f) Compliance Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to each Purchaser a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and signed by its Chief Executive Officer or its Chief Financial Officer, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying to the fulfillment of the conditions specified in Sections 5.1(a) and (b) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

(g) Certificate of Designations. The Company shall have filed the Certificate of Designations with the Delaware Secretary.

(h) Termination. This Agreement shall not have been terminated as to such Purchaser in accordance with Sections 6.16 or 6.17 herein.

5.2 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the Company to sell Shares. The Company’s obligation to sell and issue the Shares at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to the satisfaction of the Company on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by the Company:

28

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Purchaser in Section 3.2 hereof shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of such date, except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date.

(b) Performance. Such Purchaser shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by such Purchaser at or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) No Injunction. No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction that prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

(d) Consents. The Company shall have obtained in a timely fashion any and all consents, permits, approvals, registrations and waivers necessary for consummation of the purchase and sale of the Shares, all of which shall be and remain so long as necessary in full force and effect.

(e) Purchasers Deliverables. Such Purchaser shall have delivered its Purchaser Deliverables in accordance with Section 2.2(b).

(f) Termination. This Agreement shall not have been terminated as to such Purchaser in accordance with Sections 6.16 or 6.17 herein.

ARTICLE 6:

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Fees and Expenses. The Company shall pay the reasonable legal fees and expenses of Greenberg Traurig LLP, counsel to certain Purchasers, incurred by such Purchasers in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, up to a maximum amount of $25,000, which amount shall be paid directly by the Company at the Closing or paid by the Company upon termination of this Agreement so long as such termination did not occur as a result of a material breach by any such Purchaser of any of its obligations hereunder (as the case may be). Except as set forth above or elsewhere in the Transaction Documents, the parties hereto shall be responsible for the payment of all expenses incurred by them in connection with the preparation and negotiation of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company shall pay all amounts owed to the Placement Agent relating to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees, stamp taxes and other taxes and duties levied in connection with the sale and issuance of the Securities to the Purchasers.

6.2 Entire Agreement. The Transaction Documents, together with the Exhibits and Schedules thereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, discussions and representations, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into such documents, exhibits and schedules. At or after the Closing, and without further consideration, the Company and the Purchasers will execute and deliver to the other such further documents as may be

29

reasonably requested in order to give practical effect to the intention of the parties under the Transaction Documents.

6.3 Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile (provided the sender receives a machine-generated confirmation of successful transmission) at the facsimile number specified in this Section prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number specified in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Trading Day, (c) the Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows:

If to the Company:	Citizens South Banking Corporation
	519 South New Hope Road
	Gastonia, North Carolina 28054-4040
	Attention: Kim S. Price, President and CEO
	Telephone: 704-868-5200
	Fax: 704-852-5440
With a copy to:	Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
	5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W.
	Suite 780
	Washington, D.C. 20015
	Attention: John J. Gorman
	Telephone: (202) 274-2001
	Fax: (202) 362-2902
If to a Purchaser:	To the address set forth under such Purchaser’s name on the signature page hereof;

or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such Person.

6.4 Amendments; Waivers; No Additional Consideration. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and each of the Purchasers holding or having the right to acquire at least a majority of the Shares at the time of such amendment or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right. No consideration shall be offered or paid to any Purchaser to amend or consent to a waiver or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document unless the same consideration is also offered to all Purchasers who then hold Shares.

30

6.5 Construction. The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. This Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents.

6.6 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchasers. Any Purchaser may assign its rights hereunder in whole or in part to any Person to whom such Purchaser assigns or transfers any Securities in compliance with the Transaction Documents and applicable law, provided such transferee shall agree in writing to be bound, with respect to the transferred Securities, by the terms and conditions of this Agreement that apply to the “Purchasers”.

6.7 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person, other than, solely with respect to the provisions of Section 4.8, the Indemnified Persons.

6.8 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each party agrees that all Proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective Affiliates, employees or agents) may be commenced on a non-exclusive basis in the North Carolina Courts. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the North Carolina Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any Proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such North Carolina Court, or that such Proceeding has been commenced in an improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such Proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

6.9 Survival. Subject to applicable statute of limitations, the representations, warranties, agreements and covenants contained herein shall survive the Closing and the delivery of the Shares;

31

provided that the representations and warranties of the Company shall survive the Closing and the delivery of Shares for a period of one year.

6.10 Execution. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.

6.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the parties will attempt to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision that is a reasonable substitute therefor, and upon so agreeing, shall incorporate such substitute provision in this Agreement.

6.12 Replacement of Shares. If any certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and substitution therefor, a new certificate or instrument, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Transfer Agent of such loss, theft or destruction and the execution by the holder thereof of a customary lost certificate affidavit of that fact and an agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Transfer Agent for any losses in connection therewith or, if required by the Transfer Agent, a bond in such form and amount as is required by the Transfer Agent. The applicants for a new certificate or instrument under such circumstances shall also pay any reasonable third-party costs associated with the issuance of such replacement Shares. If a replacement certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares is requested due to a mutilation thereof, the Company may require delivery of such mutilated certificate or instrument as a condition precedent to any issuance of a replacement.

6.13 Remedies. In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, each of the Purchasers and the Company may be entitled to specific performance under the Transaction Documents. The parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations described in the foregoing sentence and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance of any such obligation (other than in connection with any action for a temporary restraining order) the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

6.14 Payment Set Aside. To the extent that the Company makes a payment or payments to any Purchaser pursuant to any Transaction Document or a Purchaser enforces or exercises its rights thereunder, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or exercise or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged by or are required to be refunded, repaid or otherwise restored to the Company, a trustee, receiver or any other person under any law (including, without limitation, any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause of action), then to the extent of any such restoration the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived

32

and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

6.15 Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Purchaser under any Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under any Transaction Document. The decision of each Purchaser to purchase Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents has been made by such Purchaser independently of any other Purchaser and independently of any information, materials, statements or opinions as to the business, affairs, operations, assets, properties, liabilities, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company or any Subsidiary which may have been made or given by any other Purchaser or by any agent or employee of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser and any of its agents or employees shall have any liability to any other Purchaser (or any other Person) relating to or arising from any such information, materials, statement or opinions. Nothing contained herein or in any Transaction Document, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Each Purchaser acknowledges that no other Purchaser has acted as agent for such Purchaser in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no Purchaser will be acting as agent of such Purchaser in connection with monitoring its investment in the Shares or enforcing its rights under the Transaction Documents. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement or out of the other Transaction Documents, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

6.16 Effectiveness. Sections 6.1 through 6.8, Sections 6.10 through 6.12 and this Section 6.16 shall be effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto. All other provisions of this Agreement shall become automatically effective, without further action of the parties, upon the later of the date (such date, the “Effectiveness Date”) (i) that is two business days prior to the date (the “Scheduled Date”) on which the FDIC is scheduled to be appointed receiver for the Failed Bank and will enter into the P&A Agreement with the Bank relating to the Bank’s purchase of certain assets and assumption of deposits (and certain other specified liabilities) of Failed Bank or (ii) that the Company notifies the Purchasers of the Scheduled Date. The Company will provide notification to each Purchaser of (i) the Scheduled Date upon the notification to the Company by the FDIC that the Bank is the winning bidder for the Failed Bank and (ii) any changes to the Scheduled Date by the FDIC following the initial determination of the Scheduled Date by the FDIC. If (i) the consummation of the transfer of assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank to the Bank has not occurred by April 10, 2010, or such other date as the parties mutually agree, (ii) the FDIC has notified the Company that the scheduled due date for bids with respect to the Failed Bank has been modified, changed or set to a date later than April 10, 2010, or such other date as the parties mutually agree, or that the FDIC intends not to schedule or re-schedule a bid date for the Failed Bank on or before April 10, 2010, or such other date as the parties mutually agree, (iii) the Bank fails to submit a bid for the Failed Bank, or (iv) the FDIC has notified the Company that the Bank is not the winning bidder for the Failed Bank, this Agreement shall terminate, other than Sections 6.1 through 6.8, Sections 6.10 through 6.12 and this Section 6.16, which shall survive such termination. The Company shall promptly notify Purchaser upon receipt of any notification

33

described in the two preceding sentences from the FDIC. Prior to such termination, neither party may revoke its acceptance of this Agreement.

6.17 Termination, Rescission.

(a) In the event that, following the Effectiveness Date, the Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the FDIC relating to the purchase by Citizens South Bank (the “Bank”), a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, of certain assets, and the assumption by the Bank of deposits (and certain other specified liabilities), of Bank of Hiawassee (“Failed Bank”) (the “P&A Agreement”) is not entered into, or the transactions contemplated thereby have not been consummated (the “P&A Closing”), on or before April 10, 2010, or such other date as the parties mutually agree, then either the Company, upon written notice to the Purchasers, or any Purchaser, solely with respect to itself and not with respect to any other Purchaser, upon written notice to the Company, may terminate this Agreement.

(b) In the event that following the Closing, the P&A Agreement is not entered into by the Bank with the FDIC on the Closing Date or the P&A Closing is not consummated on the Closing Date, then the Company shall promptly notify Purchaser of either such event and either (i) the Company, upon written notice to the Purchasers, may terminate this Agreement and rescind the purchase of the Securities hereunder or (ii) any Purchaser, solely with respect to itself and not with respect to any other Purchaser, upon written notice to the Company, may terminate this Agreement and rescind the purchase hereunder by such Purchaser of the Securities specified on such Purchaser’s signature page hereto. Promptly following such termination, (i) the Company and Purchaser shall provide written notice to the Transfer Agent notifying the Transfer Agent that this Agreement has been terminated and such purchase rescinded and that the share issuance instructions with respect to Purchaser shall be null and void (unless Purchaser is a Certificate Purchaser, in which case Purchaser shall return to the Company for cancellation the certificates for its Securities concurrently with the Company returning Purchaser’s Subscription Amount pursuant to the following clause (ii)) and (ii) the Company shall promptly return to Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by Purchaser, its Subscription Amount.

(c) In the case of any termination and/or rescission pursuant to this Section 6.17, the parties agree to treat the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as disregarded for United States federal, state, local and foreign income tax purposes in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 80-58, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in (and without limiting any similar provisions of) the Transaction Documents, whenever any Purchaser exercises a right, election, demand or option under a Transaction Document and the Company does not timely perform its related obligations within the periods therein provided, then such Purchaser may rescind or withdraw, in its sole discretion from time to time upon written notice to the Company, any relevant notice, demand or election in whole or in part without prejudice to its future actions and rights.

6.18 Allocation of Shares. All Purchasers shall receive the same proportion of Common Shares, as compared to Preferred Shares, at the Closing, excluding differences that are not material as a result of rounding.

34

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Securities Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOR PURCHASERS FOLLOW]

PURCHASER:

By:

Name:

Title:

Aggregate Purchase Price (Subscription Amount):

$            

Number of Shares to be Acquired:

Tax ID No.:

Address for Notice:

Telephone No.:

Facsimile No.:

E-mail Address:

Attention:

Delivery Instructions:

(if different than above)

c/o

Street:

City/State/Zip:

Attention:

Telephone No.:

[Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement]

EXHIBITS

A:	Form of Certificate of Designations
B:	Form of Registration Rights Agreement
C-1:	Accredited Investor Questionnaire
C-2:	Stock Certificate Questionnaire
D:	Form of Opinion of Company Counsel
E:	Form of Secretary’s Certificate
F:	Form of Officer’s Certificate

EXHIBIT A

Form of Certificate of Designations

[Omitted]

Exhibit B

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 10, 2010, by and among Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the several purchasers signatory hereto (each a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof between the Company and each Purchaser (the “Purchase Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and each of the Purchasers agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City are open for the general transaction of business.

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share, and any securities into which such shares of common stock may hereinafter be reclassified.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Contractual Securities” means collectively, (i) securities of the Company which are subject to an Existing Contract and (ii) Registrable Securities.

“Contractual Securityholder” means all Persons that hold Contractual Securities.

“Effective Date” means the date that the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(a) is first declared effective by the Commission.

“Effectiveness Deadline” means, with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or the New Registration Statement, the earlier of (i) the 90th calendar day following the Closing Date (or the 135th calendar day following the Closing Date in the event that such registration statement is subject to review by the Commission) and (ii) the 5^th Trading Day after the date the Company is notified (orally or

in writing, whichever is earlier) by the Commission that such Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review; provided, that if the Effectiveness Deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday or other day that the Commission is closed for business, the Effectiveness Deadline shall be extended to the next Business Day on which the Commission is open for business.

“Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).

“Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

“Event Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Existing Contract” means that certain contract to which the Company is a party under which the Company may be required to register securities issued to the U.S. Treasury Department on December 12, 2008 in connection with the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

“Filing Deadline” means, with respect to the Initial Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a), the 60th calendar day following the Closing Date, provided, that if the Filing Deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday or other day that the Commission is closed for business, the Filing Deadline shall be extended to the next business day on which the Commission is open for business.

“Holder” or “Holders” means the holder or holders, as the case may be, from time to time of Registrable Securities.

“Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

“Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

“Initial Registration Statement” means the initial Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

“Liquidated Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

“New Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

“Principal Market” means the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is primarily listed on and quoted for trading, which, as of the Closing Date, shall be the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

“Proceeding” means an action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.

2

“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Purchaser” or “Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Registrable Securities” means all of the Shares and the Underlying Shares and any securities issued or issuable upon any stock split, dividend or other distribution, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Shares and the Underlying Shares, provided, that the Holder has completed and delivered to the Company a Selling Stockholder Questionnaire; and provided, further, that Shares or Underlying Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of the following: (A) a sale pursuant to a Registration Statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act (in which case, only such security sold shall cease to be a Registrable Security); (B) becoming eligible for sale without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable) and without volume or manner of sale restrictions by Holders who are not Affiliates of the Company; (C) if such Shares or Underlying Shares have ceased to be outstanding; or (D) if such Shares or Underlying Shares have been sold in a private transaction in which the Holder’s rights under this Agreement have not been assigned to the transferee.

“Registration Statements” means any one or more registration statements of the Company filed under the Securities Act that covers the resale of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation the Initial Registration Statement, the New Registration Statement and any Remainder Registration Statements), amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statements.

“Remainder Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

“Rule 415” means Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

“Rule 424” means Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

“SEC Guidance” means (i) any publicly-available written or oral guidance, comments, requirements or requests of the Commission staff and (ii) the Securities Act.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

3

“Selling Stockholder Questionnaire” means a questionnaire in the form attached as Annex B hereto, or such other form of questionnaire as may reasonably be adopted by the Company from time to time.

“Trading Day” means (i) a day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its Principal Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a Trading Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), a day on which the Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not quoted on any Trading Market, a day on which the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported in the “pink sheets” by Pink Sheets LLC (or any similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided, that in the event that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean a Business Day.

“Trading Market” means whichever of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE Amex, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Capital Market or OTC Bulletin Board on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question.

2. Registration.

(a) On or prior to the Filing Deadline, the Company shall prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement covering the resale of all of the Registrable Securities not already covered by an existing and effective Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 or, if Rule 415 is not available for offers and sales of the Registrable Securities, by such other means of distribution of Registrable Securities as the Company may reasonably determine (the “Initial Registration Statement”). The Initial Registration Statement shall be on Form S-3 (except if the Company is then ineligible to register for resale of the Registrable Securities on Form S-3, in which case such registration shall be on such other form available to the Company to register for resale of the Registrable Securities as a secondary offering) subject to the provisions of Section 2(f) and shall contain (except if otherwise required pursuant to written comments received from the Commission upon a review of such Registration Statement) the “Plan of Distribution” section substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A. Notwithstanding the registration obligations set forth in this Section 2, in the event the Commission informs the Company that all of the Registrable Securities cannot, as a result of the application of Rule 415, be registered for resale as a secondary offering on a single registration statement, the Company agrees to promptly (i) inform each of the Holders thereof and use its commercially reasonable efforts to file amendments to the Initial Registration Statement as required by the Commission and/or (ii) withdraw the Initial Registration Statement and file a new registration statement (a “New Registration Statement”), in either case covering the maximum number of Registrable Securities permitted to be registered by the Commission, on Form S-3 or such other form available to the Company to register for resale the Registrable Securities as a secondary offering; provided, that prior to filing such amendment or New Registration Statement, the Company shall be obligated to use its commercially reasonable efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the SEC Guidance, including without limitation, Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation 612.09. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and subject to the payment of Liquidated Damages in Section 2(c), if any SEC Guidance sets forth a limitation of the number of Registrable Securities or other shares of Common Stock permitted to be registered on a particular Registration Statement as a secondary offering (and notwithstanding that the Company used diligent efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all or a greater number of Registrable Securities), the number of Registrable Securities or other shares of Common Stock to be registered on such Registration Statement will be reduced on a pro rata basis. In the event the Company amends the Initial Registration Statement or files a New Registration Statement, as the case may be, under

4

clauses (i) or (ii) above, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission, as promptly as allowed by Commission or SEC Guidance provided to the Company or to registrants of securities in general, one or more registration statements on Form S-3 or such other form available to the Company to register for resale those Registrable Securities that were not registered for resale on the Initial Registration Statement, as amended, or the New Registration Statement (the “Remainder Registration Statements”). No Holder shall be named as an “underwriter” in any Registration Statement without such Holder’s prior written consent.

(b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable and, with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or the New Registration Statement, as applicable, no later than the Effectiveness Deadline, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep each Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earlier of (i) such time as all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been publicly sold by the Holders or (ii) the date that all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement may be sold by non-affiliates without volume or manner of sale restrictions under Rule 144, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information requirements under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable), as determined by counsel to the Company pursuant to a written opinion letter to such effect, addressed and reasonably acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent and the effected Holders (the “Effectiveness Period”). The Company shall request effectiveness of a Registration Statement as of 5:00 p.m. New York City time on a Trading Day. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders via facsimile or electronic mail of a “.pdf” format data file of the effectiveness of a Registration Statement within one (1) Business Day of the Effective Date. The Company shall, by 9:30 a.m. New York City time on the first Trading Day after the Effective Date, file a final Prospectus with the Commission, as required by Rule 424(b).

(c) If: (i) the Initial Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the Filing Deadline, (ii) the Initial Registration Statement or the New Registration Statement, as applicable, is not declared effective by the Commission (or otherwise does not become effective) for any reason on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline, other than as a result of any open issues arising out of any routine Commission review of Exchange Act filings in effect as of the date hereof, or (iii) after its Effective Date, (A) such Registration Statement ceases for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a stop order, or the Company’s failure to update the Registration Statement), to remain continuously effective as to all Registrable Securities for which it is required to be effective or (B) the Holders are not permitted to utilize the Prospectus therein to resell such Registrable Securities, in the case of (A) and (B) (other than during an Allowable Grace Period (as defined in Section 2(e) of this Agreement)), (iv) a Grace Period (as defined in Section 2(e) of this Agreement) exceeds the length of an Allowable Grace Period, or (v) after the date six months following the Closing Date, and only in the event a Registration Statement is not effective or available to sell all Registrable Securities, the Company fails to file with the SEC any required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act such that it is not in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable), as a result of which the Holders who are not affiliates are unable to sell Registrable Securities without restriction under Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) (any such failure or breach in clauses (i) through (v) above being referred to as an “Event,” and, for purposes of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (v), the date on which such Event occurs, or for purposes of clause (iv) the date on which such Allowable Grace Period is exceeded, being referred to as an “Event Date”), then in addition to any other rights the Holders may have hereunder or under applicable law, on each such Event Date and on each monthly anniversary of each such Event Date (if the applicable Event shall not have been cured by such date) until the applicable Event is cured, the Company shall pay to each Holder an amount in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty (“Liquidated Damages”), equal to 0.5% of the aggregate purchase price paid by such Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement for any Registrable Securities held by such Holder on the Event Date. The parties agree that

5

notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Purchase Agreement, no Liquidated Damages shall be payable (i) if as of the relevant Event Date, the Registrable Securities may be sold by non-affiliates without volume or manner of sale restrictions under Rule 144 and the Company is in compliance with the current public information requirements under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable), as determined by counsel to the Company pursuant to a written opinion letter to such effect, addressed and reasonably acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent and (ii) with respect to any period after the expiration of the Effectiveness Period (it being understood that this sentence shall not relieve the Company of any Liquidated Damages accruing prior to the Effectiveness Period). If the Company fails to pay any Liquidated Damages pursuant to this Section 2(c) in full within five (5) Business Days after the date payable, the Company will pay interest thereon at a rate of 1.0% per month (or such lesser maximum amount that is permitted to be paid by applicable law) to the Holder, accruing daily from the date such Liquidated Damages are due until such amounts, plus all such interest thereon, are paid in full. The Liquidated Damages pursuant to the terms hereof shall apply on a daily pro-rata basis for any portion of a month prior to the cure of an Event, except in the case of the first Event Date. The Effectiveness Deadline for a Registration Statement shall be extended without default or Liquidated Damages hereunder in the event that the Company’s failure to obtain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement on a timely basis results from the failure of a Purchaser to timely provide the Company with information requested by the Company and necessary to complete the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act (in which case the Effectiveness Deadline would be extended with respect to Registrable Securities held by such Purchaser).

(d) Each Holder agrees to furnish to the Company a completed Selling Stockholder Questionnaire not more than ten (10) Trading Days following the date of this Agreement. At least five (5) Trading Days prior to the first anticipated filing date of a Registration Statement for any registration under this Agreement, the Company will notify each Holder of the information the Company requires from that Holder other than the information contained in the Selling Stockholder Questionnaire, if any, which shall be completed and delivered to the Company promptly upon request and, in any event, within two (2) Trading Days prior to the applicable anticipated filing date. Each Holder further agrees that it shall not be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Registration Statement or use the Prospectus for offers and resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such Holder has returned to the Company a completed and signed Selling Stockholder Questionnaire and a response to any requests for further information as described in the previous sentence. If a Holder of Registrable Securities returns a Selling Stockholder Questionnaire or a request for further information, in either case, after its respective deadline, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts at the expense of the Holder who failed to return the Selling Stockholder Questionnaire or to respond for further information to take such actions as are required to name such Holder as a selling security holder in the Registration Statement or any pre-effective or post-effective amendment thereto and to include (to the extent not theretofore included) in the Registration Statement the Registrable Securities identified in such late Selling Stockholder Questionnaire or request for further information. Each Holder acknowledges and agrees that the information in the Selling Stockholder Questionnaire or request for further information as described in this Section 2(d) will be used by the Company in the preparation of the Registration Statement and hereby consents to the inclusion of such information in the Registration Statement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, at any time after the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission, the Company may delay the disclosure of material non-public information concerning the Company if the disclosure of such information at the time is not, in the good faith judgment of the Company, in the best interests of the Company (a “Grace Period”); provided, the Company shall promptly (i) notify the Holders in writing of the existence of material non-public information giving rise to a Grace Period (provided that the Company shall not disclose the content of such material non-public information to the Holders) or the need to file a post-effective amendment, as applicable, and the date on which such Grace Period will

6

begin, (ii) use reasonable best efforts to terminate a Grace Period as promptly as practicable and (iii) notify the Holders in writing of the date on which the Grace Period ends; provided, further, that no single Grace Period shall exceed thirty (30) consecutive days, and during any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period, the aggregate of all Grace Periods shall not exceed an aggregate of sixty (60) days (each Grace Period complying with this provision being an “Allowable Grace Period”). For purposes of determining the length of a Grace Period, the Grace Period shall be deemed to begin on and include the date the Holders receive the notice referred to in clause (i) above and shall end on and include the later of the date the Holders receive the notice referred to in clause (iii) above and the date referred to in such notice; provided, that no Grace Period shall be longer than an Allowable Grace Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Transfer Agent to deliver unlegended Common Stock to a transferee of a Holder in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities with respect to which a Holder has entered into a contract for sale prior to the Holder’s receipt of the notice of a Grace Period and for which the Holder has not yet settled.

(f) In the event that Form S-3 is not available for the registration of the resale of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Company shall (i) register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form and (ii) undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 promptly after such form is available, provided that the Company shall maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement then in effect until such time as a Registration Statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities has been declared effective by the Commission.

3. Registration Procedures

In connection with the Company’s registration obligations hereunder:

(a) the Company shall not less than three (3) Trading Days prior to the filing of a Registration Statement and not less than one (1) Trading Day prior to the filing of any related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (except for Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and any similar or successor reports), the Company shall, furnish to the Holder copies of such Registration Statement, Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, as proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such Holder (it being acknowledged and agreed that if a Holder does not object to or comment on the aforementioned documents within such three (3) Trading Day or one (1) Trading Day period, as the case may be, then the Holder shall be deemed to have consented to and approved the use of such documents). The Company shall not file any Registration Statement or amendment or supplement thereto in a form to which a Holder reasonably objects in good faith, provided that, the Company is notified of such objection in writing within the three (3) Trading Day or one (1) Trading Day period described above, as applicable.

(b) (i) the Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements, to each Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective as to the applicable Registrable Securities for its Effectiveness Period (except during an Allowable Grace Period); (ii) the Company shall cause the related Prospectus to be amended or supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement (subject to the terms of this Agreement), and, as so supplemented or amended, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (except during an Allowable Grace Period); (iii) the Company shall respond as promptly as reasonably practicable to any comments received from the Commission with respect to each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto and, as promptly as reasonably possible, provide the Holders true and complete copies of all correspondence from and to the Commission relating to such Registration Statement that pertains to the Holders as “Selling Stockholders” but not any comments that would result in the disclosure to the Holders of material and non-public information concerning the Company; and (iv) the Company shall comply with the provisions of the

7

Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement until such time as all of such Registrable Securities shall have been disposed of (subject to the terms of this Agreement) in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Holders thereof as set forth in such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented; provided, that each Purchaser shall be responsible for the delivery of the Prospectus to the Persons to whom such Purchaser sells any of the Registrable Securities (including in accordance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act), and each Purchaser agrees to dispose of Registrable Securities in compliance with the plan of distribution described in the Registration Statement and otherwise in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. In the case of amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement which are required to be filed pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to this Section 3(b)) by reason of the Company filing a report on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K or any analogous report under the Exchange Act, the Company shall have incorporated such report by reference into such Registration Statement, if applicable, or shall file such amendments or supplements with the Commission on the same day on which the Exchange Act report which created the requirement for the Company to amend or supplement such Registration Statement was filed.

(c) the Company shall notify the Holders (which notice shall, pursuant to clauses (iii) through (v) hereof, be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made) as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, in the case of (i)(A) below, not less than two Trading Days prior to such filing, in the case of (iii) and (iv) below, not more than one Trading Day after such issuance or receipt, and in the case of (v) below, not more than one Trading Day after the occurrence or existence of such development) and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing no later than one Trading Day following the day (i)(A) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement is proposed to be filed; (B) when the Commission notifies the Company whether there will be a “review” of such Registration Statement and whenever the Commission comments in writing on any Registration Statement (in which case the Company shall provide to each of the Holders true and complete copies of all comments that pertain to the Holders as a “Selling Stockholder” or to the “Plan of Distribution” and all written responses thereto, but not information that the Company believes would constitute material and non-public information); and (C) with respect to each Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the Commission or any other Federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information that pertains to the Holders as “Selling Stockholders” or the “Plan of Distribution”; (iii) of the issuance by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement covering any or all of the Registrable Securities or the initiation of any Proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any Proceeding for such purpose; and (v) of the occurrence of any event or passage of time that makes the financial statements included in a Registration Statement ineligible for inclusion therein or any statement made in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires any revisions to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or other documents so that, in the case of such Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as the case may be, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus, form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

(d) the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or, if issued, obtain the withdrawal of (i) any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration

8

Statement, or (ii) any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, as soon as practicable.

(e) the Company shall, if requested by a Holder, furnish to such Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and each amendment thereto and all exhibits to the extent requested by such Person (including those previously furnished or incorporated by reference) promptly after the filing of such documents with the Commission; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to provide any document pursuant to this clause that is available on the Commission’s EDGAR system.

(f) the Company shall, prior to any resale of Registrable Securities by a Holder, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the selling Holders in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from the registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for the resale by the Holder under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any Holder reasonably requests in writing, to keep each registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the Effectiveness Period and to do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by each Registration Statement; provided, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, subject the Company to any material tax in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(g) the Company shall, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be delivered to a transferee pursuant to the Registration Statement, which certificates shall be free, to the extent permitted by the Purchase Agreement and under law, of all restrictive legends, and to enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as any such Holders may reasonably request. Certificates for Registrable Securities free from all restrictive legends may be transmitted by the transfer agent to a Holder by crediting the account of such Holder’s prime broker with DTC as directed by such Holder.

(h) the Company shall following the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(c)(iii)-(v), as promptly as reasonably practicable (taking into account the Company’s good faith assessment of any adverse consequences to the Company and its stockholders of the premature disclosure of such event), prepare and file a supplement or amendment, including a post-effective amendment, to the affected Registration Statements or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, and file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered, no Registration Statement nor any Prospectus will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus, form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

(i) the Company may require each selling Holder to furnish to the Company a certified statement as to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder and any Affiliate thereof, (ii) any Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) affiliations, (iii) any natural persons who have the power to vote or dispose of the Common Stock and (iv) any other information as may be requested by the Commission, FINRA or any state securities commission. During any periods that the Company is unable to meet its obligations hereunder with respect to the registration of Registrable Securities because any Holder fails to furnish such information within three Trading Days of the Company’s request, any Liquidated Damages that are accruing at such time as to such Holder only

9

shall be tolled and any Event that may otherwise occur solely because of such delay shall be suspended as to such Holder only, until such information is delivered to the Company.

(j) the Company shall cooperate with any registered broker through which a Holder proposes to resell its Registrable Securities in effecting a filing with FINRA pursuant to NASD Rule 2710 as requested by any such Holder and the Company shall pay the filing fee required for the first such filing within two (2) Business Days of the request therefore.

(k) the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain eligibility for use of Form S-3 (or any successor form thereto) for the registration of the resale of Registrable Securities.

(l) if requested by a Holder, the Company shall (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement such information as the Company reasonably agrees should be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment.

(m) the Company shall otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including Rule 172, notify the Holders promptly if the Company no longer satisfies the conditions of Rule 172 and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the registration of the Registrable Securities hereunder; and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve (12) months, beginning after the effective date of each Registration Statement, which earning statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, including Rule 158 promulgated thereunder (for the purpose of this Section 3, “Availability Date” means the 45th day following the end of the fourth fiscal quarter that includes the effective date of such Registration Statement, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “Availability Date” means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter), in each case subject to extensions permissible under applicable law.

4. Registration Expenses. All fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with its obligations under this Agreement (excluding any underwriting discounts and selling commissions and all legal fees and expenses of legal counsel for any Holder) shall be borne by the Company whether or not any Registrable Securities are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement. The fees and expenses referred to in the foregoing sentence shall include, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses (A) with respect to filings required to be made with any Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed for trading, (B) with respect to compliance with applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company in connection with Blue Sky qualifications or exemptions of the Registrable Securities and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Securities for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as requested by the Holders) and (C) if not previously paid by the Company in connection with an Issuer Filing, with respect to any filing that may be required to be made by any broker through which a Holder intends to make sales of Registrable Securities with FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110, so long as the broker is receiving no more than a customary brokerage commission in connection with such sale, (ii) printing expenses (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in

10

the Registration Statement), (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (v) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company so desires such insurance, and (vi) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall be responsible for all of its internal expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit and the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange as required hereunder. In no event shall the Company be responsible for any underwriting, broker or similar fees or commissions of any Holder or, except to the extent provided for in the Transaction Documents, any legal fees or other costs of the Holders.

5. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Holder, the officers, directors, agents, general partners, managing members, managers, Affiliates and employees of each of them, each Person who controls any such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the officers, directors, general partners, managing members, managers, agents and employees of each such controlling Person, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, reasonable costs of preparation and investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses (collectively, “Losses”), as incurred, that arise out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any form of prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except to the extent, but only to the extent, that (A) such untrue statements, alleged untrue statements, omissions or alleged omissions are based solely upon information regarding such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein, or to the extent that such information relates to such Holder or such Holder’s proposed method of distribution of Registrable Securities and was reviewed and approved by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, such Prospectus or such form of Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (it being understood that each Holder has approved Annex A hereto for this purpose), or (B) in the case of an occurrence of an event of the type specified in Section 3(c)(iii)-(v), related to the use by a Holder of an outdated or defective Prospectus after the Company has notified such Holder in writing that the Prospectus is outdated or defective and prior to the receipt by such Holder of the Advice contemplated and defined in Section 6(d) below, but only if and to the extent that following the receipt of the Advice the misstatement or omission giving rise to such Loss would have been corrected. The Company shall notify the Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any Proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of which the Company is aware. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party (as defined in Section 5(c)) and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by the Holders.

(b) Indemnification by Holders. Each Holder shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, agents or employees of such controlling Persons, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Losses, as incurred, arising out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement,

11

any Prospectus, or any form of prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus, or any form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (i) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements or omissions are based solely upon information regarding such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or (ii) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such information relates to such Holder or such Holder’s proposed method of distribution of Registrable Securities and was reviewed and approved by such Holder expressly for use in a Registration Statement (it being understood that the Holder has approved Annex A hereto for this purpose), such Prospectus or such form of Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (iii) in the case of an occurrence of an event of the type specified in Section 3(c)(iii)-(v), to the extent, but only to the extent, related to the use by such Holder of an outdated or defective Prospectus after the Company has notified such Holder in writing that the Prospectus is outdated or defective and prior to the receipt by such Holder of the Advice contemplated in Section 6(d), but only if and to the extent that following the receipt of the Advice the misstatement or omission giving rise to such Loss would have been corrected. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. If any Proceeding shall be brought or asserted against any Person entitled to indemnity hereunder (an “Indemnified Party”), such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Person from whom indemnity is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing, and the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party and the payment of all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with defense thereof; provided, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations or liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, except (and only) to the extent that it shall be finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (which determination is not subject to appeal or further review) that such failure shall have materially and adversely prejudiced the Indemnifying Party.

An Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party or Parties unless: (1) the Indemnifying Party has agreed in writing to pay such fees and expenses; (2) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed promptly to assume the defense of such Proceeding and to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in any such Proceeding; or (3) the named parties to any such Proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that a conflict of interest exists if the same counsel were to represent such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party; provided, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending Proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is a party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, all fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party (including reasonable fees and expenses to the extent incurred in connection with investigating or preparing to defend such Proceeding in a manner not inconsistent with this Section 5(c)) shall be paid to the Indemnified Party, as incurred, within twenty Trading Days of written notice thereof to the

12

Indemnifying Party; provided, that the Indemnified Party shall promptly reimburse the Indemnifying Party for that portion of such fees and expenses applicable to such actions for which such Indemnified Party is finally judicially determined to not be entitled to indemnification hereunder). The failure to deliver written notice to the Indemnifying Party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall not relieve such Indemnifying Party of any liability to the Indemnified Party under this Section 5, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially and adversely prejudiced in its ability to defend such action.

(d) Contribution. If a claim for indemnification under Section 5(a) or 5(b) is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold an Indemnified Party harmless for any Losses, then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact, has been taken or made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, any reasonable attorneys’ or other reasonable fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any Proceeding to the extent such party would have been indemnified for such fees or expenses if the indemnification provided for in this Section 5(d) was available to such party in accordance with its terms.

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(d), no Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds actually received by such Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities subject to the Proceeding exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 5 are in addition to any liability that the Indemnifying Parties may have to the Indemnified Parties and are not in diminution or limitation of the indemnification provisions under the Purchase Agreement.

6. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company or by a Holder of any of their obligations under this Agreement, each Holder or the Company, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law and under this Agreement, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and each Holder agree that monetary damages would not provide adequate compensation for any losses incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

13

(b) No Piggyback on Registrations; Prohibition on Filing Other Registration Statements. Neither the Company nor any of its security holders (other than the Contractual Securityholders) may include securities of the Company in a Registration Statement hereunder other than the Contractual Securities and the Company shall not prior to the Effective Date enter into any agreement providing any such right to any of its security holders. The Company shall not, from the date hereof until the date that is 30 days after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement relating to an offering for its own account under the Securities Act of any of its equity securities, other than (i) a registration statement on Form S-8, (ii) in connection with an acquisition, on Form S-4 or (iii) a registration statement to register for resale securities issued by the Company pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company in a business synergistic with the business of the Company and in which the Company receives benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be prohibited from preparing and filing with the Commission a registration statement relating to an offering of Common Stock by existing stockholders of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms of registration rights held by such stockholder or from filing amendments to registration statements filed prior to the date of this Agreement.

(c) Compliance. Each Holder covenants and agrees that it will comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as applicable to it (unless an exemption therefrom is available) in connection with sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement and shall sell the Registrable Securities only in accordance with a method of distribution described in the Registration Statement

(d) Discontinued Disposition. By its acquisition of Registrable Securities, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of a notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 3(c)(iii)-(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities under a Registration Statement until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus (as it may have been supplemented or amended) may be resumed. The Company may provide appropriate stop orders to enforce the provisions of this paragraph.

(e) No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered, as of the date hereof, nor shall the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on or after the date hereof, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities, that would have the effect of impairing the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(f) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, or waived unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Company and Holders holding at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, provided that any party may give a waiver as to itself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of all of the Registrable Securities to which such waiver or consent relates; provided, that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified, or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment, modification or waiver would adversely affect in any material respect any Holder or group of Holders who have comparable rights under this Agreement disproportionately to the other Holders having such comparable rights, such amendment, modification, or waiver shall also require the written consent of the Holder(s) so adversely affected.

14

(g) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be delivered as set forth in the Purchase Agreement; provided that the Company may deliver to each Holder the documents required to be delivered to such Holder under Section 3(a) of this Agreement by e-mail to the e-mail addresses provided by such Holder to the Company solely for such specific purpose.

(h) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall inure to the benefit of each Holder. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Company may not assign its rights (except by merger or in connection with another entity acquiring all or substantially all of the Company’s assets) or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of all the Holders of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. Each Holder may assign its respective rights hereunder in the manner and to the Persons as permitted under the Purchase Agreement.

(i) Execution and Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature were the original thereof.

(j) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

(k) Cumulative Remedies. Except as provided in Section 2(c) with respect to Liquidated Damages, the remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.

(l) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their good faith reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(m) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(n) Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser hereunder, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser hereunder. The decision of each Purchaser to purchase the Preferred Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents has been made independently of any other Purchaser. Nothing contained

15

herein or in any other agreement or document delivered at any closing, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Purchaser acknowledges that no other Purchaser has acted as agent for such Purchaser in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no Purchaser will be acting as agent of such Purchaser in connection with monitoring its investment in the Preferred Shares or enforcing its rights under the Transaction Documents. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any Proceeding for such purpose. The Company acknowledges that each of the Purchasers has been provided with the same Registration Rights Agreement for the purpose of closing a transaction with multiple Purchasers and not because it was required or requested to do so by any Purchaser.

16

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK,

SIGNATURE PAGES OF HOLDERS TO FOLLOW]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

NAME OF INVESTING ENTITY
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY
By:
	Name:
	Title:

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE

c/o:

Street:

City/State/Zip:

Attention:

Tel:

Fax:

Email:

Annex A

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the Securities issued to the selling stockholder to permit the resale of these Securities by the holders of the Securities from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by the selling stockholders of the Securities. We will bear all fees and expenses incident to our obligation to register the Securities.

The selling stockholders may sell all or a portion of the Securities beneficially owned by them and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. If the Securities are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the selling stockholders will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. The Securities may be sold on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, in the over-the-counter market or in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market and in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions. The selling stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling Securities:

• ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

• block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

• purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

• an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

• privately negotiated transactions;

• settlement of short sales entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

• broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per share;

• through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise;

• a combination of any such methods of sale; and

• any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The selling stockholders also may resell all or a portion of the Securities in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as permitted by that rule, or Section 4(1) under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of those provisions.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate in sales. If the selling stockholders effect such transactions by selling Securities to or through

underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, such underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling stockholders or commissions from purchasers of the Securities for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal. Such commissions will be in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this Prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction will not be in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with NASD Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with NASD IM-2440.

In connection with sales of the Securities or otherwise, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Securities in the course of hedging in positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also sell Securities short and if such short sale shall take place after the date that this Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, the selling stockholders may deliver Securities covered by this prospectus to close out short positions and to return borrowed shares in connection with such short sales. The selling stockholders may also loan or pledge Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the selling stockholders have been advised that they may not use shares registered on this registration statement to cover short sales of our Securities made prior to the date the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, has been declared effective by the SEC.

The selling stockholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the Securities owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the Securities from time to time pursuant to this prospectus or any amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, amending, if necessary, the list of selling stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling stockholders under this prospectus. The selling stockholders also may transfer and donate the Securities in other circumstances in which case the transferees, donees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

The selling stockholders and any broker-dealer or agents participating in the distribution of the Securities may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions paid, or any discounts or concessions allowed to, any such broker-dealer or agent and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Selling Stockholders who are “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and may be subject to certain statutory liabilities of, including but not limited to, Sections 11, 12 and 17 of the Securities Act and Rule 10b-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

Each selling stockholder has informed the Company that it is not a registered broker-dealer and does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Securities. Upon the Company being notified in writing by a selling stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer for the sale of Securities through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution or secondary distribution or a purchase by a broker or dealer, a supplement to this prospectus will be filed, if required, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, disclosing (i) the name of each such selling stockholder and of the participating broker-dealer(s), (ii) the number of shares involved, (iii) the price at which such the Securities were sold, (iv) the commissions paid or discounts or concessions allowed to such broker-dealer(s), where applicable, (v) that such broker-dealer(s)

did not conduct any investigation to verify the information set out or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and (vi) other facts material to the transaction. In no event shall any broker-dealer receive fees, commissions and markups, which, in the aggregate, would exceed eight percent (8%).

Under the securities laws of some states, the Common Stock may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the Common Stock may not be sold unless such shares have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

There can be no assurance that any selling stockholder will sell any or all of the Securities registered pursuant to the shelf registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Each selling stockholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, Regulation M of the Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the Securities by the selling stockholder and any other participating person. To the extent applicable, Regulation M may also restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the Securities to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Securities. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the Securities and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Securities.

We will pay all expenses of the registration of the Securities pursuant to the registration rights agreement, including, without limitation, Securities and Exchange Commission filing fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws; provided, that each selling stockholder will pay all underwriting discounts and selling commissions, if any and any related legal expenses incurred by it. We will indemnify the selling stockholders against certain liabilities, including some liabilities under the Securities Act, in accordance with the registration rights agreement, or the selling stockholders will be entitled to contribution. We may be indemnified by the selling stockholders against civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, that may arise from any written information furnished to us by the selling stockholders specifically for use in this prospectus, in accordance with the related registration rights agreements, or we may be entitled to contribution.

Annex B

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION

SELLING STOCKHOLDER NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE

The undersigned holder of securities of Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), issued pursuant to a certain Investment Agreement by and among the Company and the Purchasers named therein, dated as of March     , 2010, understands that the Company intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-3 (the “Resale Registration Statement”) for the registration and the resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of a certain Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Purchasers named therein, dated as of March     , 2010 (the “Agreement”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Registration Statement, a holder of Registrable Securities generally will be required to be named as a selling stockholder in the related prospectus or a supplement thereto (as so supplemented, the “Prospectus”), deliver the Prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities (including pursuant to Rule 172 under the Securities Act) and be bound by the provisions of the Agreement (including certain indemnification provisions, as described below). Holders must complete and deliver this Notice and Questionnaire in order to be named as selling stockholders in the Prospectus. Holders of Registrable Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire within ten (10) Trading Days following the date of the Agreement (1) will not be named as selling stockholders in the Resale Registration Statement or the Prospectus and (2) may not use the Prospectus for resales of Registrable Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling stockholder in the Resale Registration Statement and the Prospectus. Holders of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not named as a selling stockholder in the Resale Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

NOTICE

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Stockholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby gives notice to the Company of its intention to sell or otherwise dispose of Registrable Securities owned by it and listed below in Item (3), unless otherwise specified in Item (3), pursuant to the Resale Registration Statement. The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, understands and agrees that it will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Agreement.

The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

QUESTIONNAIRE

1. Name.

(a) Full Legal Name of Selling Stockholder:

(b) Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities Listed in Item 3 below are held:

(c) Full Legal Name of Natural Control Person (which means a natural person who directly or indirectly alone or with others has power to vote or dispose of the securities covered by the questionnaire):

2. Address for Notices to Selling Stockholder:

Telephone:

Fax:

Contact Person:

E-mail address of Contact Person:  

3. Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities Issuable Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement:

(a) Type and Number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned and issued pursuant to the Agreement:

(b) Number of Securities to be registered pursuant to this Notice for resale:

4. Broker-Dealer Status:

(a) Are you a broker-dealer?

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

(b) If “yes” to Section 4(a), did you receive your Registrable Securities as compensation for investment banking services to the Company?

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

Note:    If no, the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

(c) Are you an affiliate of a broker-dealer?

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

Note: If yes, provide a narrative explanation below:

(d) If you are an affiliate of a broker-dealer, do you certify that you bought the Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities to be resold, you had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities?

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

Note: If no, the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

5. Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Stockholder.

Except as set forth below in this Item 5, the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company other than the Registrable Securities listed above in Item 3.

Type and amount of other securities beneficially owned:

6. Relationships with the Company:

Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% of more of the equity securities of the undersigned) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:

7. Plan of Distribution:

The undersigned has reviewed the form of Plan of Distribution attached as Annex A to the Registration Rights Agreement, and hereby confirms that, except as set forth below, the information contained therein regarding the undersigned and its plan of distribution is correct and complete.

State any exceptions here:

***********

By signing below, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (7) above and the inclusion of such information in the Resale Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of any such Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

By signing below, the undersigned acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Registration Statement. The undersigned also acknowledges that it understands that the answers to this Questionnaire are furnished for use in connection with Registration Statements filed pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any amendments or supplements thereto filed with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act.

I confirm that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the foregoing statements (including without limitation the answers to this Questionnaire) are correct.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

Dated:	Beneficial Owner:
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

EXHIBIT C-1

ACCREDITED INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE

(ALL INFORMATION WILL BE TREATED CONFIDENTIALLY)

To: Citizens South Banking Corporation

This Investor Questionnaire (“Questionnaire”) must be completed by each potential investor in connection with the offer and sale of shares of mandatorily convertible cumulative non-voting perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 liquidation preference per share (the “Preferred Shares”), and shares of common stock (the “Common Shares” and together with the Preferred Shares, the “Shares”), of Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”). The Shares are being offered and sold by the Corporation without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the securities laws of certain states, in reliance on the exemptions contained in Section 4(2) of the Act and on Regulation D promulgated thereunder and in reliance on similar exemptions under applicable state laws. The Corporation must determine that a potential investor meets certain suitability requirements before offering or selling Shares to such investor. The purpose of this Questionnaire is to assure the Corporation that each investor will meet the applicable suitability requirements. The information supplied by you will be used in determining whether you meet such criteria, and reliance upon the private offering exemptions from registration is based in part on the information herein supplied.

This Questionnaire does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security. Your answers will be kept strictly confidential. However, by signing this Questionnaire, you will be authorizing the Corporation to provide a completed copy of this Questionnaire to such parties as the Corporation deems appropriate in order to ensure that the offer and sale of the Shares will not result in a violation of the Act or the securities laws of any state and that you otherwise satisfy the suitability standards applicable to purchasers of the Shares. All potential investors must answer all applicable questions and complete, date and sign this Questionnaire. Please print or type your responses and attach additional sheets of paper if necessary to complete your answers to any item.

PART A. BACKGROUND INFORMATION

Name of Beneficial Owner of the Shares:

Business Address:
	(Number and Street)
(City)	(State)	(Zip Code)

Telephone Number: (    )

If a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity:

Type of entity:

Were you formed for the purpose of investing in the securities being offered?

Yes                  No      

If an individual:

Residence Address:
	(Number and Street)
(City)	(State)	(Zip Code)

Telephone Number: (        )

Age: Citizenship: Where registered to vote:

Set forth in the space provided below the state(s), if any, in the United States in which you maintained your residence during the past two years and the dates during which you resided in each state:

Are you a director or executive officer of the Corporation?

Yes                  No      

Social Security or Taxpayer Identification No.

PART B. ACCREDITED INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE

In order for the Company to offer and sell the Shares in conformance with state and federal securities laws, the following information must be obtained regarding your investor status. Please initial each category applicable to you as a Purchaser of Shares.

—	(1)	A bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity;
—	(2)	A broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
—	(3)	An insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Securities Act;

—	(4)	An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act;
—	(5)	A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958;
—	(6)	A plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
—	(7)	An employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;
—	(8)	A private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
—	(9)	An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
—	(10)	A trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such person is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in the Company;
—	(11)	A natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, at the time of his purchase exceeds $1,000,000;
—	(12)	A natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000, in each of those years, and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;
—	(13)	An executive officer or director of the Corporation;

  — (14) An entity in which all of the equity owners qualify under any of the above subparagraphs. If the undersigned belongs to this investor category only, list the equity owners of the undersigned, and the investor category which each such equity owner satisfies.

A. FOR EXECUTION BY AN INDIVIDUAL:

	By
Date
	Print Name:

B. FOR EXECUTION BY AN ENTITY:

	Entity Name:
		By
Date
		Print Name:
		Title:

C. ADDITIONAL SIGNATURES (if required by partnership, corporation or trust document):

	Entity Name:
		By
Date
		Print Name:
		Title:
	Entity Name:
		By
Date
		Print Name:
		Title:

EXHIBIT C-2

Stock Certificate Questionnaire

Pursuant to Section 2.2(b) of the Agreement, please provide us with the following information:

1.	The exact name that the Shares are to be registered in (this is the name that will appear on the stock certificate(s) and warrant(s)). You may use a nominee name if appropriate:
2.	The relationship between the Purchaser of the Shares and the Registered Holder listed in response to Item 1 above:
3.	The mailing address, telephone and telecopy number of the Registered Holder listed in response to Item 1 above:
4.	The Tax Identification Number (or, if an individual, the Social Security Number) of the Registered Holder listed in response to Item 1 above:

EXHIBIT D

Form of Opinion of Company Counsel*

1. The Company is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver and to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, to issue the Shares and the Underlying Shares.

3. The Company is a registered savings and loan holding company under the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended.

4. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

5. Each of the Transaction Documents has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Purchasers (to the extent they are a party), each of the Transaction Documents constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

6. The execution and delivery by the Company of each of the Transaction Documents and the performance by the Company of its obligations under such agreements, including its issuance and sale of the Preferred Shares and the Underlying Shares, do not and will not: (a) require any consent, approval, license or exemption by, order or authorization of, or filing, recording or registration by the Company with any federal or state governmental authority, except (1) as may be required by federal securities laws with respect to the Company’s obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, (2) the filing of Form D pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation D, and (3) the filings required in accordance with Section 4.6 of the Securities Purchase Agreement, (b) violate any federal or state statute, rule or regulation, or any rule or regulation of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or any court order, judgment or decree, if any, listed in Exhibit A hereto, which Exhibit lists all court orders, judgments and decrees that the Company has certified to us are applicable to it, (c) result in any violation of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or (d) result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any Material Contract.

7. Assuming the accuracy of the representations, warranties and compliance with the covenants and agreements of the Purchasers and the Company contained in the Securities Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary, in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Shares to the Purchasers to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

8. The Shares being delivered to the Purchasers pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for as contemplated in the Securities Purchase Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any preemptive right or similar rights contained in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws. The Underlying Shares, when issued in accordance with the Certificate of Designations, will be duly and

validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any preemptive right or similar rights contained in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws.

* The opinion letter of Company Counsel will be subject to customary limitations and carveouts.

EXHIBIT E

Form of Secretary’s Certificate

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and that as such he is authorized to execute and deliver this certificate in the name and on behalf of the Company and in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2010, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), and further certifies in his official capacity, in the name and on behalf of the Company, the items set forth below. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement.

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete copy of the resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting held on [            ], 2010. Such resolutions have not in any way been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, have been in full force and effect since their adoption to and including the date hereof and are now in full force and effect.

2. The Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation were filed as an Exhibit to the Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended [•]; its Amended and Restated Bylaws were filed as an exhibit to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on [•], and an amendment to such Bylaws was filed as an Exhibit to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on [•]. Such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended, constitute true, correct and complete copies of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws as in effect on the date hereof.

3. Each person listed below has been duly elected or appointed to the position(s) indicated opposite his name and is duly authorized to sign the Securities Purchase Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents on behalf of the Company, and the signature appearing opposite such person’s name below is such person’s genuine signature.

Name Position Signature

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand as of this      day of March, 2010.

[                    ]

Secretary

I, [            ], [Chief Financial Officer], hereby certify that [            ] is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of the Company and that the signature set forth above is his true signature.

[                    ]

[Chief Financial Officer]

EXHIBIT F

Form of Officer’s Certificate

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Chief Executive Officer] of Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to Section 5.1(g) of the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2010 by and among the Company and the investors signatory thereto (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), hereby represents, warrants and certifies as follows (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement):

1. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in the Securities Purchase Agreement are true and correct as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of such date, except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date.

2. The Company has performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate this      day of December, 2010.

[                    ]

[Chief Financial Officer] [Chief Executive Officer]

Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement

March 17, 2010

This Amendment is to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of March 10, 2010, by and among Citizens South Banking Corporation (the “Company”), and the Purchasers (as defined therein) (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning ascribed to them in the Securities Purchase Agreement. The Securities Purchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the “Closing Date” for purposes of the Purchase Agreement shall be March 17, 2010.

2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Purchase Agreement, all securities for the Preferred Shares shall be issued in certificated form.

3. Section 6.17(b) of the Securities Purchase Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“In the event that following the Closing, the P&A Agreement is not entered into by the Bank with the FDIC on or before March 19, 2010 or the P&A Closing is not consummated on or before March 19, 2010, then the Company shall promptly notify Purchaser of either such event and either (i) the Company, upon written notice to the Purchasers, may terminate this Agreement and rescind the purchase of the Securities hereunder or (ii) any Purchaser, solely with respect to itself and not with respect to any other Purchaser, upon written notice to the Company, may terminate this Agreement and rescind the purchase hereunder by such Purchaser of the Securities specified on such Purchaser’s signature page hereto. Promptly following such termination, (i) the Company and Purchaser shall provide written notice to the Transfer Agent notifying the Transfer Agent that this Agreement has been terminated and such purchase rescinded and that the share issuance instructions with respect to Purchaser shall be null and void (unless Purchaser is a Certificate Purchaser, in which case Purchaser shall return to the Company for cancellation the certificates for its Securities concurrently with the Company returning Purchaser’s Subscription Amount pursuant to the following clause (ii)) and (ii) the Company shall promptly return to Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by Purchaser, its Subscription Amount.”

4. The following Section 6.19 shall be added:

“The Company hereby covenants and agrees that it will not transfer funds received pursuant to the Securities Agreement to any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any other Person other than contemporaneously with (or after) the P&A Closing.”

4.

Other than as set forth herein, the Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOR PURCHASERS FOLLOW]

PURCHASER:

By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement]

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 10, 2010, by and among Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the several purchasers signatory hereto (each a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof between the Company and each Purchaser (the “Purchase Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and each of the Purchasers agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City are open for the general transaction of business.

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share, and any securities into which such shares of common stock may hereinafter be reclassified.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Contractual Securities” means collectively, (i) securities of the Company which are subject to an Existing Contract and (ii) Registrable Securities.

“Contractual Securityholder” means all Persons that hold Contractual Securities.

“Effective Date” means the date that the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(a) is first declared effective by the Commission.

“Effectiveness Deadline” means, with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or the New Registration Statement, the earlier of (i) the 90th calendar day following the Closing Date (or the 135th calendar day following the Closing Date in the event that such registration statement is subject to review by the Commission) and (ii) the 5^th Trading Day after the date the Company is notified (orally or

in writing, whichever is earlier) by the Commission that such Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review; provided, that if the Effectiveness Deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday or other day that the Commission is closed for business, the Effectiveness Deadline shall be extended to the next Business Day on which the Commission is open for business.

“Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).

“Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

“Event Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Existing Contract” means that certain contract to which the Company is a party under which the Company may be required to register securities issued to the U.S. Treasury Department on December 12, 2008 in connection with the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

“Filing Deadline” means, with respect to the Initial Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a), the 60th calendar day following the Closing Date, provided, that if the Filing Deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday or other day that the Commission is closed for business, the Filing Deadline shall be extended to the next business day on which the Commission is open for business.

“Holder” or “Holders” means the holder or holders, as the case may be, from time to time of Registrable Securities.

“Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

“Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

“Initial Registration Statement” means the initial Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

“Liquidated Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

“New Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

“Principal Market” means the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is primarily listed on and quoted for trading, which, as of the Closing Date, shall be the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

“Proceeding” means an action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.

2

“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Purchaser” or “Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Registrable Securities” means all of the Shares and the Underlying Shares and any securities issued or issuable upon any stock split, dividend or other distribution, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Shares and the Underlying Shares, provided, that the Holder has completed and delivered to the Company a Selling Stockholder Questionnaire; and provided, further, that Shares or Underlying Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of the following: (A) a sale pursuant to a Registration Statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act (in which case, only such security sold shall cease to be a Registrable Security); (B) becoming eligible for sale without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable) and without volume or manner of sale restrictions by Holders who are not Affiliates of the Company; (C) if such Shares or Underlying Shares have ceased to be outstanding; or (D) if such Shares or Underlying Shares have been sold in a private transaction in which the Holder’s rights under this Agreement have not been assigned to the transferee.

“Registration Statements” means any one or more registration statements of the Company filed under the Securities Act that covers the resale of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation the Initial Registration Statement, the New Registration Statement and any Remainder Registration Statements), amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statements.

“Remainder Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

“Rule 415” means Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

“Rule 424” means Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

“SEC Guidance” means (i) any publicly-available written or oral guidance, comments, requirements or requests of the Commission staff and (ii) the Securities Act.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

3

“Selling Stockholder Questionnaire” means a questionnaire in the form attached as Annex B hereto, or such other form of questionnaire as may reasonably be adopted by the Company from time to time.

“Trading Day” means (i) a day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its Principal Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a Trading Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), a day on which the Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not quoted on any Trading Market, a day on which the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported in the “pink sheets” by Pink Sheets LLC (or any similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided, that in the event that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean a Business Day.

“Trading Market” means whichever of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE Amex, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Capital Market or OTC Bulletin Board on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question.

2. Registration.

(a) On or prior to the Filing Deadline, the Company shall prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement covering the resale of all of the Registrable Securities not already covered by an existing and effective Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 or, if Rule 415 is not available for offers and sales of the Registrable Securities, by such other means of distribution of Registrable Securities as the Company may reasonably determine (the “Initial Registration Statement”). The Initial Registration Statement shall be on Form S-3 (except if the Company is then ineligible to register for resale of the Registrable Securities on Form S-3, in which case such registration shall be on such other form available to the Company to register for resale of the Registrable Securities as a secondary offering) subject to the provisions of Section 2(f) and shall contain (except if otherwise required pursuant to written comments received from the Commission upon a review of such Registration Statement) the “Plan of Distribution” section substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A. Notwithstanding the registration obligations set forth in this Section 2, in the event the Commission informs the Company that all of the Registrable Securities cannot, as a result of the application of Rule 415, be registered for resale as a secondary offering on a single registration statement, the Company agrees to promptly (i) inform each of the Holders thereof and use its commercially reasonable efforts to file amendments to the Initial Registration Statement as required by the Commission and/or (ii) withdraw the Initial Registration Statement and file a new registration statement (a “New Registration Statement”), in either case covering the maximum number of Registrable Securities permitted to be registered by the Commission, on Form S-3 or such other form available to the Company to register for resale the Registrable Securities as a secondary offering; provided, that prior to filing such amendment or New Registration Statement, the Company shall be obligated to use its commercially reasonable efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the SEC Guidance, including without limitation, Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation 612.09. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and subject to the payment of Liquidated Damages in Section 2(c), if any SEC Guidance sets forth a limitation of the number of Registrable Securities or other shares of Common Stock permitted to be registered on a particular Registration Statement as a secondary offering (and notwithstanding that the Company used diligent efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all or a greater number of Registrable Securities), the number of Registrable Securities or other shares of Common Stock to be registered on such Registration Statement will be reduced on a pro rata basis. In the event the Company amends the Initial Registration Statement or files a New Registration Statement, as the case may be, under

4

clauses (i) or (ii) above, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission, as promptly as allowed by Commission or SEC Guidance provided to the Company or to registrants of securities in general, one or more registration statements on Form S-3 or such other form available to the Company to register for resale those Registrable Securities that were not registered for resale on the Initial Registration Statement, as amended, or the New Registration Statement (the “Remainder Registration Statements”). No Holder shall be named as an “underwriter” in any Registration Statement without such Holder’s prior written consent.

(b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable and, with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or the New Registration Statement, as applicable, no later than the Effectiveness Deadline, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep each Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earlier of (i) such time as all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been publicly sold by the Holders or (ii) the date that all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement may be sold by non-affiliates without volume or manner of sale restrictions under Rule 144, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information requirements under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable), as determined by counsel to the Company pursuant to a written opinion letter to such effect, addressed and reasonably acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent and the effected Holders (the “Effectiveness Period”). The Company shall request effectiveness of a Registration Statement as of 5:00 p.m. New York City time on a Trading Day. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders via facsimile or electronic mail of a “.pdf” format data file of the effectiveness of a Registration Statement within one (1) Business Day of the Effective Date. The Company shall, by 9:30 a.m. New York City time on the first Trading Day after the Effective Date, file a final Prospectus with the Commission, as required by Rule 424(b).

(c) If: (i) the Initial Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the Filing Deadline, (ii) the Initial Registration Statement or the New Registration Statement, as applicable, is not declared effective by the Commission (or otherwise does not become effective) for any reason on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline, other than as a result of any open issues arising out of any routine Commission review of Exchange Act filings in effect as of the date hereof, or (iii) after its Effective Date, (A) such Registration Statement ceases for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a stop order, or the Company’s failure to update the Registration Statement), to remain continuously effective as to all Registrable Securities for which it is required to be effective or (B) the Holders are not permitted to utilize the Prospectus therein to resell such Registrable Securities, in the case of (A) and (B) (other than during an Allowable Grace Period (as defined in Section 2(e) of this Agreement)), (iv) a Grace Period (as defined in Section 2(e) of this Agreement) exceeds the length of an Allowable Grace Period, or (v) after the date six months following the Closing Date, and only in the event a Registration Statement is not effective or available to sell all Registrable Securities, the Company fails to file with the SEC any required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act such that it is not in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable), as a result of which the Holders who are not affiliates are unable to sell Registrable Securities without restriction under Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) (any such failure or breach in clauses (i) through (v) above being referred to as an “Event,” and, for purposes of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (v), the date on which such Event occurs, or for purposes of clause (iv) the date on which such Allowable Grace Period is exceeded, being referred to as an “Event Date”), then in addition to any other rights the Holders may have hereunder or under applicable law, on each such Event Date and on each monthly anniversary of each such Event Date (if the applicable Event shall not have been cured by such date) until the applicable Event is cured, the Company shall pay to each Holder an amount in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty (“Liquidated Damages”), equal to 0.5% of the aggregate purchase price paid by such Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement for any Registrable Securities held by such Holder on the Event Date. The parties agree that

5

notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Purchase Agreement, no Liquidated Damages shall be payable (i) if as of the relevant Event Date, the Registrable Securities may be sold by non-affiliates without volume or manner of sale restrictions under Rule 144 and the Company is in compliance with the current public information requirements under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable), as determined by counsel to the Company pursuant to a written opinion letter to such effect, addressed and reasonably acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent and (ii) with respect to any period after the expiration of the Effectiveness Period (it being understood that this sentence shall not relieve the Company of any Liquidated Damages accruing prior to the Effectiveness Period). If the Company fails to pay any Liquidated Damages pursuant to this Section 2(c) in full within five (5) Business Days after the date payable, the Company will pay interest thereon at a rate of 1.0% per month (or such lesser maximum amount that is permitted to be paid by applicable law) to the Holder, accruing daily from the date such Liquidated Damages are due until such amounts, plus all such interest thereon, are paid in full. The Liquidated Damages pursuant to the terms hereof shall apply on a daily pro-rata basis for any portion of a month prior to the cure of an Event, except in the case of the first Event Date. The Effectiveness Deadline for a Registration Statement shall be extended without default or Liquidated Damages hereunder in the event that the Company’s failure to obtain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement on a timely basis results from the failure of a Purchaser to timely provide the Company with information requested by the Company and necessary to complete the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act (in which case the Effectiveness Deadline would be extended with respect to Registrable Securities held by such Purchaser).

(d) Each Holder agrees to furnish to the Company a completed Selling Stockholder Questionnaire not more than ten (10) Trading Days following the date of this Agreement. At least five (5) Trading Days prior to the first anticipated filing date of a Registration Statement for any registration under this Agreement, the Company will notify each Holder of the information the Company requires from that Holder other than the information contained in the Selling Stockholder Questionnaire, if any, which shall be completed and delivered to the Company promptly upon request and, in any event, within two (2) Trading Days prior to the applicable anticipated filing date. Each Holder further agrees that it shall not be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Registration Statement or use the Prospectus for offers and resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such Holder has returned to the Company a completed and signed Selling Stockholder Questionnaire and a response to any requests for further information as described in the previous sentence. If a Holder of Registrable Securities returns a Selling Stockholder Questionnaire or a request for further information, in either case, after its respective deadline, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts at the expense of the Holder who failed to return the Selling Stockholder Questionnaire or to respond for further information to take such actions as are required to name such Holder as a selling security holder in the Registration Statement or any pre-effective or post-effective amendment thereto and to include (to the extent not theretofore included) in the Registration Statement the Registrable Securities identified in such late Selling Stockholder Questionnaire or request for further information. Each Holder acknowledges and agrees that the information in the Selling Stockholder Questionnaire or request for further information as described in this Section 2(d) will be used by the Company in the preparation of the Registration Statement and hereby consents to the inclusion of such information in the Registration Statement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, at any time after the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission, the Company may delay the disclosure of material non-public information concerning the Company if the disclosure of such information at the time is not, in the good faith judgment of the Company, in the best interests of the Company (a “Grace Period”); provided, the Company shall promptly (i) notify the Holders in writing of the existence of material non-public information giving rise to a Grace Period (provided that the Company shall not disclose the content of such material non-public information to the Holders) or the need to file a post-effective amendment, as applicable, and the date on which such Grace Period will

6

begin, (ii) use reasonable best efforts to terminate a Grace Period as promptly as practicable and (iii) notify the Holders in writing of the date on which the Grace Period ends; provided, further, that no single Grace Period shall exceed thirty (30) consecutive days, and during any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period, the aggregate of all Grace Periods shall not exceed an aggregate of sixty (60) days (each Grace Period complying with this provision being an “Allowable Grace Period”). For purposes of determining the length of a Grace Period, the Grace Period shall be deemed to begin on and include the date the Holders receive the notice referred to in clause (i) above and shall end on and include the later of the date the Holders receive the notice referred to in clause (iii) above and the date referred to in such notice; provided, that no Grace Period shall be longer than an Allowable Grace Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Transfer Agent to deliver unlegended Common Stock to a transferee of a Holder in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities with respect to which a Holder has entered into a contract for sale prior to the Holder’s receipt of the notice of a Grace Period and for which the Holder has not yet settled.

(f) In the event that Form S-3 is not available for the registration of the resale of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Company shall (i) register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form and (ii) undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 promptly after such form is available, provided that the Company shall maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement then in effect until such time as a Registration Statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities has been declared effective by the Commission.

3. Registration Procedures

In connection with the Company’s registration obligations hereunder:

(a) the Company shall not less than three (3) Trading Days prior to the filing of a Registration Statement and not less than one (1) Trading Day prior to the filing of any related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (except for Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and any similar or successor reports), the Company shall, furnish to the Holder copies of such Registration Statement, Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, as proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such Holder (it being acknowledged and agreed that if a Holder does not object to or comment on the aforementioned documents within such three (3) Trading Day or one (1) Trading Day period, as the case may be, then the Holder shall be deemed to have consented to and approved the use of such documents). The Company shall not file any Registration Statement or amendment or supplement thereto in a form to which a Holder reasonably objects in good faith, provided that, the Company is notified of such objection in writing within the three (3) Trading Day or one (1) Trading Day period described above, as applicable.

(b) (i) the Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements, to each Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective as to the applicable Registrable Securities for its Effectiveness Period (except during an Allowable Grace Period); (ii) the Company shall cause the related Prospectus to be amended or supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement (subject to the terms of this Agreement), and, as so supplemented or amended, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (except during an Allowable Grace Period); (iii) the Company shall respond as promptly as reasonably practicable to any comments received from the Commission with respect to each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto and, as promptly as reasonably possible, provide the Holders true and complete copies of all correspondence from and to the Commission relating to such Registration Statement that pertains to the Holders as “Selling Stockholders” but not any comments that would result in the disclosure to the Holders of material and non-public information concerning the Company; and (iv) the Company shall comply with the provisions of the

7

Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement until such time as all of such Registrable Securities shall have been disposed of (subject to the terms of this Agreement) in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Holders thereof as set forth in such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented; provided, that each Purchaser shall be responsible for the delivery of the Prospectus to the Persons to whom such Purchaser sells any of the Registrable Securities (including in accordance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act), and each Purchaser agrees to dispose of Registrable Securities in compliance with the plan of distribution described in the Registration Statement and otherwise in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. In the case of amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement which are required to be filed pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to this Section 3(b)) by reason of the Company filing a report on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K or any analogous report under the Exchange Act, the Company shall have incorporated such report by reference into such Registration Statement, if applicable, or shall file such amendments or supplements with the Commission on the same day on which the Exchange Act report which created the requirement for the Company to amend or supplement such Registration Statement was filed.

(c) the Company shall notify the Holders (which notice shall, pursuant to clauses (iii) through (v) hereof, be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made) as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, in the case of (i)(A) below, not less than two Trading Days prior to such filing, in the case of (iii) and (iv) below, not more than one Trading Day after such issuance or receipt, and in the case of (v) below, not more than one Trading Day after the occurrence or existence of such development) and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing no later than one Trading Day following the day (i)(A) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement is proposed to be filed; (B) when the Commission notifies the Company whether there will be a “review” of such Registration Statement and whenever the Commission comments in writing on any Registration Statement (in which case the Company shall provide to each of the Holders true and complete copies of all comments that pertain to the Holders as a “Selling Stockholder” or to the “Plan of Distribution” and all written responses thereto, but not information that the Company believes would constitute material and non-public information); and (C) with respect to each Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the Commission or any other Federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information that pertains to the Holders as “Selling Stockholders” or the “Plan of Distribution”; (iii) of the issuance by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement covering any or all of the Registrable Securities or the initiation of any Proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any Proceeding for such purpose; and (v) of the occurrence of any event or passage of time that makes the financial statements included in a Registration Statement ineligible for inclusion therein or any statement made in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires any revisions to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or other documents so that, in the case of such Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as the case may be, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus, form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

(d) the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or, if issued, obtain the withdrawal of (i) any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration

8

Statement, or (ii) any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, as soon as practicable.

(e) the Company shall, if requested by a Holder, furnish to such Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and each amendment thereto and all exhibits to the extent requested by such Person (including those previously furnished or incorporated by reference) promptly after the filing of such documents with the Commission; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to provide any document pursuant to this clause that is available on the Commission’s EDGAR system.

(f) the Company shall, prior to any resale of Registrable Securities by a Holder, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the selling Holders in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from the registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for the resale by the Holder under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any Holder reasonably requests in writing, to keep each registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the Effectiveness Period and to do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by each Registration Statement; provided, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, subject the Company to any material tax in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(g) the Company shall, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be delivered to a transferee pursuant to the Registration Statement, which certificates shall be free, to the extent permitted by the Purchase Agreement and under law, of all restrictive legends, and to enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as any such Holders may reasonably request. Certificates for Registrable Securities free from all restrictive legends may be transmitted by the transfer agent to a Holder by crediting the account of such Holder’s prime broker with DTC as directed by such Holder.

(h) the Company shall following the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(c)(iii)-(v), as promptly as reasonably practicable (taking into account the Company’s good faith assessment of any adverse consequences to the Company and its stockholders of the premature disclosure of such event), prepare and file a supplement or amendment, including a post-effective amendment, to the affected Registration Statements or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, and file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered, no Registration Statement nor any Prospectus will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus, form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

(i) the Company may require each selling Holder to furnish to the Company a certified statement as to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder and any Affiliate thereof, (ii) any Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) affiliations, (iii) any natural persons who have the power to vote or dispose of the Common Stock and (iv) any other information as may be requested by the Commission, FINRA or any state securities commission. During any periods that the Company is unable to meet its obligations hereunder with respect to the registration of Registrable Securities because any Holder fails to furnish such information within three Trading Days of the Company’s request, any Liquidated Damages that are accruing at such time as to such Holder only

9

shall be tolled and any Event that may otherwise occur solely because of such delay shall be suspended as to such Holder only, until such information is delivered to the Company.

(j) the Company shall cooperate with any registered broker through which a Holder proposes to resell its Registrable Securities in effecting a filing with FINRA pursuant to NASD Rule 2710 as requested by any such Holder and the Company shall pay the filing fee required for the first such filing within two (2) Business Days of the request therefore.

(k) the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain eligibility for use of Form S-3 (or any successor form thereto) for the registration of the resale of Registrable Securities.

(l) if requested by a Holder, the Company shall (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement such information as the Company reasonably agrees should be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment.

(m) the Company shall otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including Rule 172, notify the Holders promptly if the Company no longer satisfies the conditions of Rule 172 and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the registration of the Registrable Securities hereunder; and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve (12) months, beginning after the effective date of each Registration Statement, which earning statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, including Rule 158 promulgated thereunder (for the purpose of this Section 3, “Availability Date” means the 45th day following the end of the fourth fiscal quarter that includes the effective date of such Registration Statement, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “Availability Date” means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter), in each case subject to extensions permissible under applicable law.

4. Registration Expenses. All fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with its obligations under this Agreement (excluding any underwriting discounts and selling commissions and all legal fees and expenses of legal counsel for any Holder) shall be borne by the Company whether or not any Registrable Securities are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement. The fees and expenses referred to in the foregoing sentence shall include, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses (A) with respect to filings required to be made with any Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed for trading, (B) with respect to compliance with applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company in connection with Blue Sky qualifications or exemptions of the Registrable Securities and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Securities for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as requested by the Holders) and (C) if not previously paid by the Company in connection with an Issuer Filing, with respect to any filing that may be required to be made by any broker through which a Holder intends to make sales of Registrable Securities with FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110, so long as the broker is receiving no more than a customary brokerage commission in connection with such sale, (ii) printing expenses (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in

10

the Registration Statement), (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (v) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company so desires such insurance, and (vi) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall be responsible for all of its internal expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit and the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange as required hereunder. In no event shall the Company be responsible for any underwriting, broker or similar fees or commissions of any Holder or, except to the extent provided for in the Transaction Documents, any legal fees or other costs of the Holders.

5. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Holder, the officers, directors, agents, general partners, managing members, managers, Affiliates and employees of each of them, each Person who controls any such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the officers, directors, general partners, managing members, managers, agents and employees of each such controlling Person, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, reasonable costs of preparation and investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses (collectively, “Losses”), as incurred, that arise out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any form of prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except to the extent, but only to the extent, that (A) such untrue statements, alleged untrue statements, omissions or alleged omissions are based solely upon information regarding such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein, or to the extent that such information relates to such Holder or such Holder’s proposed method of distribution of Registrable Securities and was reviewed and approved by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, such Prospectus or such form of Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (it being understood that each Holder has approved Annex A hereto for this purpose), or (B) in the case of an occurrence of an event of the type specified in Section 3(c)(iii)-(v), related to the use by a Holder of an outdated or defective Prospectus after the Company has notified such Holder in writing that the Prospectus is outdated or defective and prior to the receipt by such Holder of the Advice contemplated and defined in Section 6(d) below, but only if and to the extent that following the receipt of the Advice the misstatement or omission giving rise to such Loss would have been corrected. The Company shall notify the Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any Proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of which the Company is aware. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party (as defined in Section 5(c)) and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by the Holders.

(b) Indemnification by Holders. Each Holder shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, agents or employees of such controlling Persons, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Losses, as incurred, arising out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement,

11

any Prospectus, or any form of prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus, or any form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (i) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements or omissions are based solely upon information regarding such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or (ii) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such information relates to such Holder or such Holder’s proposed method of distribution of Registrable Securities and was reviewed and approved by such Holder expressly for use in a Registration Statement (it being understood that the Holder has approved Annex A hereto for this purpose), such Prospectus or such form of Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (iii) in the case of an occurrence of an event of the type specified in Section 3(c)(iii)-(v), to the extent, but only to the extent, related to the use by such Holder of an outdated or defective Prospectus after the Company has notified such Holder in writing that the Prospectus is outdated or defective and prior to the receipt by such Holder of the Advice contemplated in Section 6(d), but only if and to the extent that following the receipt of the Advice the misstatement or omission giving rise to such Loss would have been corrected. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. If any Proceeding shall be brought or asserted against any Person entitled to indemnity hereunder (an “Indemnified Party”), such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Person from whom indemnity is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing, and the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party and the payment of all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with defense thereof; provided, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations or liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, except (and only) to the extent that it shall be finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (which determination is not subject to appeal or further review) that such failure shall have materially and adversely prejudiced the Indemnifying Party.

An Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party or Parties unless: (1) the Indemnifying Party has agreed in writing to pay such fees and expenses; (2) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed promptly to assume the defense of such Proceeding and to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in any such Proceeding; or (3) the named parties to any such Proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that a conflict of interest exists if the same counsel were to represent such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party; provided, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending Proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is a party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, all fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party (including reasonable fees and expenses to the extent incurred in connection with investigating or preparing to defend such Proceeding in a manner not inconsistent with this Section 5(c)) shall be paid to the Indemnified Party, as incurred, within twenty Trading Days of written notice thereof to the

12

Indemnifying Party; provided, that the Indemnified Party shall promptly reimburse the Indemnifying Party for that portion of such fees and expenses applicable to such actions for which such Indemnified Party is finally judicially determined to not be entitled to indemnification hereunder). The failure to deliver written notice to the Indemnifying Party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall not relieve such Indemnifying Party of any liability to the Indemnified Party under this Section 5, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially and adversely prejudiced in its ability to defend such action.

(d) Contribution. If a claim for indemnification under Section 5(a) or 5(b) is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold an Indemnified Party harmless for any Losses, then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact, has been taken or made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, any reasonable attorneys’ or other reasonable fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any Proceeding to the extent such party would have been indemnified for such fees or expenses if the indemnification provided for in this Section 5(d) was available to such party in accordance with its terms.

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(d), no Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds actually received by such Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities subject to the Proceeding exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 5 are in addition to any liability that the Indemnifying Parties may have to the Indemnified Parties and are not in diminution or limitation of the indemnification provisions under the Purchase Agreement.

6. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company or by a Holder of any of their obligations under this Agreement, each Holder or the Company, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law and under this Agreement, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and each Holder agree that monetary damages would not provide adequate compensation for any losses incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

13

(b) No Piggyback on Registrations; Prohibition on Filing Other Registration Statements. Neither the Company nor any of its security holders (other than the Contractual Securityholders) may include securities of the Company in a Registration Statement hereunder other than the Contractual Securities and the Company shall not prior to the Effective Date enter into any agreement providing any such right to any of its security holders. The Company shall not, from the date hereof until the date that is 30 days after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement relating to an offering for its own account under the Securities Act of any of its equity securities, other than (i) a registration statement on Form S-8, (ii) in connection with an acquisition, on Form S-4 or (iii) a registration statement to register for resale securities issued by the Company pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company in a business synergistic with the business of the Company and in which the Company receives benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be prohibited from preparing and filing with the Commission a registration statement relating to an offering of Common Stock by existing stockholders of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms of registration rights held by such stockholder or from filing amendments to registration statements filed prior to the date of this Agreement.

(c) Compliance. Each Holder covenants and agrees that it will comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as applicable to it (unless an exemption therefrom is available) in connection with sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement and shall sell the Registrable Securities only in accordance with a method of distribution described in the Registration Statement

(d) Discontinued Disposition. By its acquisition of Registrable Securities, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of a notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 3(c)(iii)-(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities under a Registration Statement until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus (as it may have been supplemented or amended) may be resumed. The Company may provide appropriate stop orders to enforce the provisions of this paragraph.

(e) No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered, as of the date hereof, nor shall the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on or after the date hereof, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities, that would have the effect of impairing the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(f) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, or waived unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Company and Holders holding at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, provided that any party may give a waiver as to itself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of all of the Registrable Securities to which such waiver or consent relates; provided, that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified, or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment, modification or waiver would adversely affect in any material respect any Holder or group of Holders who have comparable rights under this Agreement disproportionately to the other Holders having such comparable rights, such amendment, modification, or waiver shall also require the written consent of the Holder(s) so adversely affected.

14

(g) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be delivered as set forth in the Purchase Agreement; provided that the Company may deliver to each Holder the documents required to be delivered to such Holder under Section 3(a) of this Agreement by e-mail to the e-mail addresses provided by such Holder to the Company solely for such specific purpose.

(h) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall inure to the benefit of each Holder. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Company may not assign its rights (except by merger or in connection with another entity acquiring all or substantially all of the Company’s assets) or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of all the Holders of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. Each Holder may assign its respective rights hereunder in the manner and to the Persons as permitted under the Purchase Agreement.

(i) Execution and Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature were the original thereof.

(j) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

(k) Cumulative Remedies. Except as provided in Section 2(c) with respect to Liquidated Damages, the remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.

(l) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their good faith reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(m) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(n) Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser hereunder, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser hereunder. The decision of each Purchaser to purchase the Preferred Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents has been made independently of any other Purchaser. Nothing contained

15

herein or in any other agreement or document delivered at any closing, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Purchaser acknowledges that no other Purchaser has acted as agent for such Purchaser in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no Purchaser will be acting as agent of such Purchaser in connection with monitoring its investment in the Preferred Shares or enforcing its rights under the Transaction Documents. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any Proceeding for such purpose. The Company acknowledges that each of the Purchasers has been provided with the same Registration Rights Agreement for the purpose of closing a transaction with multiple Purchasers and not because it was required or requested to do so by any Purchaser.

16

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK,

SIGNATURE PAGES OF HOLDERS TO FOLLOW]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

NAME OF INVESTING ENTITY
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY
By:
	Name:
	Title:

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE

c/o:

Street:

City/State/Zip:

Attention:

Tel:

Fax:

Email:

Annex A

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the Securities issued to the selling stockholder to permit the resale of these Securities by the holders of the Securities from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by the selling stockholders of the Securities. We will bear all fees and expenses incident to our obligation to register the Securities.

The selling stockholders may sell all or a portion of the Securities beneficially owned by them and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. If the Securities are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the selling stockholders will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. The Securities may be sold on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, in the over-the-counter market or in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market and in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions. The selling stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling Securities:

• ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

• block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

• purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

• an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

• privately negotiated transactions;

• settlement of short sales entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

• broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per share;

• through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise;

• a combination of any such methods of sale; and

• any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The selling stockholders also may resell all or a portion of the Securities in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as permitted by that rule, or Section 4(1) under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of those provisions.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate in sales. If the selling stockholders effect such transactions by selling Securities to or through

underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, such underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling stockholders or commissions from purchasers of the Securities for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal. Such commissions will be in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this Prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction will not be in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with NASD Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with NASD IM-2440.

In connection with sales of the Securities or otherwise, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Securities in the course of hedging in positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also sell Securities short and if such short sale shall take place after the date that this Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, the selling stockholders may deliver Securities covered by this prospectus to close out short positions and to return borrowed shares in connection with such short sales. The selling stockholders may also loan or pledge Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the selling stockholders have been advised that they may not use shares registered on this registration statement to cover short sales of our Securities made prior to the date the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, has been declared effective by the SEC.

The selling stockholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the Securities owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the Securities from time to time pursuant to this prospectus or any amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, amending, if necessary, the list of selling stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling stockholders under this prospectus. The selling stockholders also may transfer and donate the Securities in other circumstances in which case the transferees, donees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

The selling stockholders and any broker-dealer or agents participating in the distribution of the Securities may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions paid, or any discounts or concessions allowed to, any such broker-dealer or agent and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Selling Stockholders who are “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and may be subject to certain statutory liabilities of, including but not limited to, Sections 11, 12 and 17 of the Securities Act and Rule 10b-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

Each selling stockholder has informed the Company that it is not a registered broker-dealer and does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Securities. Upon the Company being notified in writing by a selling stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer for the sale of Securities through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution or secondary distribution or a purchase by a broker or dealer, a supplement to this prospectus will be filed, if required, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, disclosing (i) the name of each such selling stockholder and of the participating broker-dealer(s), (ii) the number of shares involved, (iii) the price at which such the Securities were sold, (iv) the commissions paid or discounts or concessions allowed to such broker-dealer(s), where applicable, (v) that such broker-dealer(s)

did not conduct any investigation to verify the information set out or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and (vi) other facts material to the transaction. In no event shall any broker-dealer receive fees, commissions and markups, which, in the aggregate, would exceed eight percent (8%).

Under the securities laws of some states, the Common Stock may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the Common Stock may not be sold unless such shares have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

There can be no assurance that any selling stockholder will sell any or all of the Securities registered pursuant to the shelf registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Each selling stockholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, Regulation M of the Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the Securities by the selling stockholder and any other participating person. To the extent applicable, Regulation M may also restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the Securities to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Securities. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the Securities and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Securities.

We will pay all expenses of the registration of the Securities pursuant to the registration rights agreement, including, without limitation, Securities and Exchange Commission filing fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws; provided, that each selling stockholder will pay all underwriting discounts and selling commissions, if any and any related legal expenses incurred by it. We will indemnify the selling stockholders against certain liabilities, including some liabilities under the Securities Act, in accordance with the registration rights agreement, or the selling stockholders will be entitled to contribution. We may be indemnified by the selling stockholders against civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, that may arise from any written information furnished to us by the selling stockholders specifically for use in this prospectus, in accordance with the related registration rights agreements, or we may be entitled to contribution.

Annex B

CITIZENS SOUTH BANKING CORPORATION

SELLING STOCKHOLDER NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE

The undersigned holder of securities of Citizens South Banking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), issued pursuant to a certain Investment Agreement by and among the Company and the Purchasers named therein, dated as of March     , 2010, understands that the Company intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-3 (the “Resale Registration Statement”) for the registration and the resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of a certain Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Purchasers named therein, dated as of March     , 2010 (the “Agreement”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Registration Statement, a holder of Registrable Securities generally will be required to be named as a selling stockholder in the related prospectus or a supplement thereto (as so supplemented, the “Prospectus”), deliver the Prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities (including pursuant to Rule 172 under the Securities Act) and be bound by the provisions of the Agreement (including certain indemnification provisions, as described below). Holders must complete and deliver this Notice and Questionnaire in order to be named as selling stockholders in the Prospectus. Holders of Registrable Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire within ten (10) Trading Days following the date of the Agreement (1) will not be named as selling stockholders in the Resale Registration Statement or the Prospectus and (2) may not use the Prospectus for resales of Registrable Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling stockholder in the Resale Registration Statement and the Prospectus. Holders of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not named as a selling stockholder in the Resale Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

NOTICE

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Stockholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby gives notice to the Company of its intention to sell or otherwise dispose of Registrable Securities owned by it and listed below in Item (3), unless otherwise specified in Item (3), pursuant to the Resale Registration Statement. The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, understands and agrees that it will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Agreement.

The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

QUESTIONNAIRE

1. Name.

(a) Full Legal Name of Selling Stockholder:

(b) Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities Listed in Item 3 below are held:

(c) Full Legal Name of Natural Control Person (which means a natural person who directly or indirectly alone or with others has power to vote or dispose of the securities covered by the questionnaire):

2. Address for Notices to Selling Stockholder:

Telephone:

Fax:

Contact Person:

E-mail address of Contact Person:  

3. Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities Issuable Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement:

(a) Type and Number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned and issued pursuant to the Agreement:

(b) Number of Securities to be registered pursuant to this Notice for resale:

4. Broker-Dealer Status:

(a) Are you a broker-dealer?

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

(b) If “yes” to Section 4(a), did you receive your Registrable Securities as compensation for investment banking services to the Company?

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

Note:    If no, the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

(c) Are you an affiliate of a broker-dealer?

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

Note: If yes, provide a narrative explanation below:

(d) If you are an affiliate of a broker-dealer, do you certify that you bought the Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities to be resold, you had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities?

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

Note: If no, the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

5. Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Stockholder.

Except as set forth below in this Item 5, the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company other than the Registrable Securities listed above in Item 3.

Type and amount of other securities beneficially owned:

6. Relationships with the Company:

Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% of more of the equity securities of the undersigned) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:

7. Plan of Distribution:

The undersigned has reviewed the form of Plan of Distribution attached as Annex A to the Registration Rights Agreement, and hereby confirms that, except as set forth below, the information contained therein regarding the undersigned and its plan of distribution is correct and complete.

State any exceptions here:

***********

By signing below, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (7) above and the inclusion of such information in the Resale Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of any such Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

By signing below, the undersigned acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Registration Statement. The undersigned also acknowledges that it understands that the answers to this Questionnaire are furnished for use in connection with Registration Statements filed pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any amendments or supplements thereto filed with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act.

I confirm that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the foregoing statements (including without limitation the answers to this Questionnaire) are correct.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

Dated:	Beneficial Owner:
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

For More Information:	PRESS RELEASE
Kim S. Price, President & CEO
(704) 884-2260 kim.price@citizenssouth.com

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Citizens South Banking Corporation Announces the Acquisition of Bank of Hiawassee in FDIC Assisted Transaction and Completion of Capital Raise

GASTONIA, NC., March 19, 2010 — Citizens South Banking Corporation (NASDAQ: CSBC), the parent company for Citizens South Bank, announced today that it has acquired the banking operations of Hiawassee, Georgia-based Bank of Hiawassee in a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) assisted transaction. Under the terms of the transaction, Citizens South will receive approximately $300 million in assets, including $227 million in loans, and assume $324 million in liabilities, including $295 million in deposits of Hiawassee. The FDIC and Citizens South have entered into a loss sharing agreement covering substantially all acquired loans.

“We are very pleased to welcome Hiawassee customers and associates to the Citizens South family,” said Citizens South Bank President and Chief Executive Officer Kim S. Price. “We respect the rich 100+ year heritage of Bank of Hiawassee and pledge to continue their legacy of customer and community service. Hiawassee depositors can rest assured that their deposits remain safe, secure and accessible. The FDIC continues to insure their deposits to the fullest extent permitted, reinforced by the security and strength of Citizens South.”

Hiawassee has five locations in three counties in Northern Georgia just south of the North Carolina state line. In Hiawassee, GA (Towns County) it operates under the name of Bank of Hiawassee, while in Blairsville, GA (Union County) it operates under the name of Bank of Blairsville and in Blue Ridge, GA (Fannin County) it operated under the name of Bank of Blue Ridge. With this

transaction, Citizens South will increase its total number of full-service offices to 21 and increase total assets to over $1.1 billion.

Citizens South also announced the completion of a $15.0 million capital raise through the private placement of 1.5 million shares of common stock, priced at $4.50 per share, totaling $6.7 million and the issuance of 8,280 shares of Mandatorily Convertible Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B Preferred Stock”) totaling $8.3 million. The Series B Preferred Stock will convert into shares of the Company’s common stock at the conversion price of $4.50 per share after the Company has received stockholder approval to permit such conversion. The Company intends to seek such approval in the second quarter of 2010. The securities offered will not be or have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements.

“With the acquisition of the operations of Hiawassee through an FDIC assisted transaction, Citizens South has acquired a strong core deposit base in attractive markets with minimal credit risk on the acquired loan portfolio due to the loss sharing agreement.” Price said, “The $15.0 million in capital raised, along with the FDIC loss sharing protection on the acquired loan portfolio, positions Citizens South with a fortress-like balance sheet that further differentiates us from our peers and will support the Bank’s continued growth into the future.”

All Hiawassee branches will reopen under their existing names as a division of Citizens South Bank under normal business hours - on Saturday for branches that operate on the weekend, and on Monday for branches that operate Monday through Friday. Depositors can continue to access their money by writing checks or using ATM or debit cards. All outstanding checks will be processed as usual, and customers can continue using their Hiawassee checks. Loan customers should continue to make payments using existing methods.

Keefe Bruyette and Woods, Inc. served as financial advisor for the acquisition.

2

About Citizens South Banking Corporation

Citizens South Bank was founded in 1904 and is headquartered in Gastonia, NC. Deposits are FDIC insured up to applicable regulatory limits. At December 31, 2009, the Company had $791.5 million in assets with 16 full-service offices in the Charlotte region, including Gaston, Iredell, Rowan, Mecklenburg, and Union counties in North Carolina, and York County, South Carolina. Citizens South Bank is an Equal Housing Lender and Member, FDIC. The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Citizens South Banking Corporation, and shares of the common stock of the Company trade on the NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker symbol “CSBC”. The Company maintains a website at www.citizenssouth.com that includes information on the Company, along with a list of products and services, branch locations, current financial information, and links to the Company’s filings with the SEC.

Forward-looking Statements

This news release may contain forward-looking statements which include, but are not limited to, statements relating to the acquisition of the Bank of Hiawassee and our capital raise. Forward-looking statements are generally identified by the use of words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and the Company is under no duty to update these forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date of the forward-looking statements or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. A number of factors could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ significantly from those described in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, our ability to efficiently integrate the acquisition, retain customers and grow the acquired franchise, changes in general economic conditions – either locally or nationally, competition among depository and financial institutions, the continuation of current revenue and expense trends, significant changes in interest rates, unforeseen changes in the Company’s markets, and legal, regulatory, or accounting changes. The Company’s reports filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, describe these and other factors.

###

3